GATE-2023

Electronics Engineering

Network Theory
Chapterwise & Topicwise

Contents
S.No. Topic Page No.

1. Basics of Network Analysis .............................................................................................................. 1-41

2. Sinusoidal Steady State .................................................................................................................. 42-68

3. Network Theorems ....................................................................................................................... 69-104

4. Transient Analysis ........................................................................................................................ 105-139

5. Two Port Networks ..................................................................................................................... 140-161

6. Network Functions ..................................................................................................................... 162-169

 1 Basics of Network Analysis

ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G 1 2H

(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)

Q.1 A square waveform as shown in figure is

N4
applied across 1 mH ideal inductor. The current 1F
through the inductor is a ______ wave of ______
peak amplitude. (a) N1 and N2 (b) N2 and N4
V (c) N1 and N3 (d) N1 and N4
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
1
Q.3 A network contains linear resistors and ideal
voltage sources. If values of all the resistors are
0 0.5 1 t(m-sec) doubled, then the voltage across each resistor is
(a) halved
–1
(b) doubled
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks] (c) increased by four times
(d) not changed
Q.2 Of the networks, N1, N2, N3 and N4 of figure, the
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks]
networks having identical driving point
function are Q.4 The two electrical sub-networks N1 and N2 are
connected through three resistors as shown in
2H 1
figure. The voltage across 5 resistor and 1
resistor are given to be 10 V and 5 V, respectively.
1 1F
Then voltage across 15 resistor is
N1
1F + 10 V –
5

15
2H 1 N1 N2
1

+ 5V –
N2
2 1F (a) –105 V (b) +105 V
(c) –15 V (d) +15 V
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks]
1
1 Q.5 A dc circuit shown in figure has a voltage source
V, a current source I and several resistors. A
1H particular resistor R dissipates a power of
4 Watts when V alone is active. The same resistor
N3
1F R dissipates a power of 9 Watts when I alone is
active. The power dissipated by R when both
sources are active will be
 2 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.9 The voltage V in figure is always equal to

+
Resistive 2A
V R 2
network
–
+
I
V 5V

–
(a) 1 W (b) 5 W
(c) 13 W (d) 25 W
(a) 9 V (b) 5 V
[EC-1993 : 1 Mark]
(c) 1 V (d) None of these
Q.6 Two 2 H inductance coils are connected in series [EC-1997 : 1 Mark]
and are also magnetically coupled to each other
the coefficient of coupling being 0.1. The total Q.10 The voltage V in figure is
inductance of the combination can be 3
(a) 0.4 H (b) 3.2 H +
(c) 4.0 H (d) 4.4 H
V 10 V 5V
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]

Q.7 The current i4 in the circuit of figure is equal to –

(a) 10 V (b) 15 V
(c) 5 V (d) None of these
[EC-1997 : 1 Mark]

Q.11 In the circuit of figure the equivalent impedance

seen across terminals A, B is

2 4
j3
(a) 12 A (b) –12 A
(c) 4 A (d) None of these
Zeq
[EC-1997 : 1 Mark] –j 4
2 4
Q.8 The voltage V in figure is equal to
B

4V
16 8
(a) (b)
3 3
5V 2 4V
8
(c) + 12 j (d) None of the above
3
+ V – [EC-1997 : 2 Marks]

(a) 3 V (b) –3 V Q12 In the circuit shown in the figure the current iD
(c) 5 V (d) None of these through the ideal diode (zero cut in voltage and
[EC-1997 : 1 Mark] zero forward resistance) equals
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 3

iD Q.16 In the circuit of the figure, the voltage v(t) is

4
1 1 1

+
10 V 4 1 2A at bt
e V(t) 1H e
–

(a) 0 A (b) 4 A
(a) eat – ebt (b) eat + ebt
(c) 1 A (d) None of these
(c) aeat – bebt (d) aeat + bebt
[EC-1997 : 3 Marks]
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]
Q.13 The nodal method of circuit analysis is based
Q.17 In the circuit of the figure, the value of the voltage
on
source E is
(a) KVL and Ohm’s law
V2 0V
(b) KCL and Ohm’s law
+ +
(c) KCL and KVL
1V – – 1V
(d) KCL, KVL and Ohm’s law
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] +
E=?
–
Q.14 The voltage across the terminals ‘a’ and ‘b’ in
figure is 4V +
+ 5V
2 1 – –
a
V1 10 V

+ (a) –16 V (b) 4 V

1V 2 3A (c) –6 V (d) 16 V
–
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]

b Q.18 For the circuit in the figure, the voltage Vo is

(a) 0.5 V (b) 3.0 V 2 2
(c) 3.5 V (d) 4.0 V
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
+ –
4V 2V
Q.15 A Delta-connected network with its Wye- – – +
2 Vo
equivalent is shown in figure. The resistance +
R1, R2 and R3 (in ) are respectively
a (a) 2 V (b) 1 V
a (c) –1 V (d) None of these
R1 [EC-2000 : 2 Marks]
5 30
Q.19 The voltage eo in the figure is
R2 R3
b c 4 2
15
b c
+
(a) 1, 5, 3 and 9 (b) 3, 9 and 1.5 12 V 4 eo 2
(c) 9, 3 and 1.5 (d) 3, 1.5 and 9 –
[EC-1999 : 2 Marks]
 4 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

4 ZL ZL
(a) 2 V (b) V
3 3-phase
400 V ZL
(c) 4 V (d) 8 V balanced
source
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]

Q.20 If each branch of a delta circuit has impedance

3 Z , then each branch of the equivalent Wye (a) 90 32.44° (b) 80 32.44°
(c) 80 –32.44° (d) 90 –32.44°
circuit has impedance.
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks]
Z
(a) (b) 3Z
3 Q.24 The minimum number of equations required to
analyze the circuit shown in the figure is
Z
(c) 3 3 Z (d) C C
3
[EC-2000 : 1 Mark]

Q.21 The voltage eo in the figure is R R

V R C R
2

16 V +
(a) 3 (b) 4
8A 10 12 eo
(c) 6 (d) 7
6 – [EC-2003 : 1 Mark]

Q.25 Twelve 1 resistances are used as edges to form

(a) 48 V (b) 24 V a cube. The resistance between two diagonally
opposite corners of the cube is
(c) 36 V (d) 28 V
[EC-2001 : 2 Marks] 5
(a) (b) 1
6
Q.22 The dependent current source shown in the
6 3
figure, (c) (d)
5 2
5 [EC-2003 : 2 Marks]

+ Q.26 The current flowing through the resistance R in

V1
V1 = 20 V I 5 A the circuit in the figure has the form P cos4t,
5
– where P is
M = 0.75 H
(a) delivers 80 W 1/10.24 F

(b) absorbs 80 W
R = 3.92
(c) delivers 40 W
3
(d) absorbs 40 W
[EC-2002 : 1 Mark] V = 2 cos4t
20 V

Q.23 If the three-phase balanced source in the figure

(a) (0.18 + j0.72) (b) (0.46 + j1.90)
delivers 1500 W at a leading power factor 0.844,
then the value of ZL (in ohm) is approximately (c) –(0.18 + j1.90) (d) –(0.192 + j0.144)
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 5

Q.27 An ideal sawtooth voltage waveform of Q.30 Impedance Z as shown in the given figure is
frequency 500 Hz and amplitude 3 V is
j5 j2
generated by charging a capacitor of 2 µF in
every cycle.
The charging requires j10
j2
(a) constant voltage source of 3 V for 1 ms. j10
(b) constant voltage source of 3 V for 2 ms.
(c) constant current source of 3 mA for 1 ms.
(d) constant current source of 3 mA for 2 ms. Z

[EC-2003 : 2 Marks] (a) j29 (b) j9

Q.28 The equivalent inductance measured between (c) j19 (d) j39
the terminals 1 and 2 for the circuit shown in [EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
the figure is Q.31 If R1 = R2 = R4 = R and R3 = 1.1 R in the bridge
M circuit shown in the figure, then the reading in
1
the ideal voltmeter connected between
L1 L2 ‘a’ and ‘b’ is

R1 R4
2
+
(a) L1 + L2 + M (b) L1 + L2 – M a b
10 V –
+
(c) L1 + L2 + 2M (d) L1 + L2 – 2M –
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark] R2 R3

Q.29 For the circuit in the figure, the initial conditions

V (s)
are zero. Its transfer function H (s ) = c is,
Vi (s ) (a) 0.238 V (b) 0.138 V

10 mH
(c) –0.238 V (d) 1 V
10 k
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]

vi(t ) 100 µF vc(t) Q.32 In the interconnection of ideal sources shown

in the figure, it is known that the 60 V source is
absorbing power.
1 20 V
(a)
s + 10 s + 106
2 6

106
(b)
s 2 + 10 3 s + 106 I 60 V

10 3
(c)
s 2 + 10 3 s + 106
12 A
106
(d) Which of the following can be the value of the
s 2 + 10 6 s + 106
current source I ?
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
 6 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

(a) 10 A (b) 13 A
(c) 15 A (d) 18 A I
j4 –j 4
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark] + 6
14 0° A
Q.33 A fully charged mobile phone with a 12 V battery –
is good for a 10 minute talk-time. Assume that, 6 6
during the talk-time the battery delivers a
constant current of 2 A and its voltage drops
(a) 1.4 0° A (b) 2.0 0° A
linearly from 12 V to 10 V as shown in the figure.
(c) 2.8 0° A (d) 3.2 0° A
How much energy does the battery deliver
[EC-2011 : 2 Marks]
during this talk-time?
Q.36 In the circuit shown below, the current through
v (t ) the inductor is
12 V
10 V
1 j1

1 0A
t
0 10 min 1 0V 1 0V

– + + –
(a) 220 J (b) 12 kJ
(c) 13.2 kJ (d) 14.4 J

1 0A
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark] –j1 1

Q.34 In the circuit shown, the power supplied by the

voltage source is
2 1
(a) A (b) A
1 1+ j 1+ j
1
(c) A (d) 0 A
1 1 1+ j
[EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
10 V
Q.37 The average power delivered to an impedance
1A
(4 – j3) by a current 5 cos(100 t + 100) A is
1 2A
(a) 44.2 W (b) 50 W
(c) 62.5 W (d) 125 W
1
[EC-2012 : 1 Mark]

(a) 0 W (b) 5 W Q.38 If VA – VB = 6 V, then VC – VD is

(c) 10 W (d) 100 W R VA 2 VB R
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks]
–
Q.35 In the circuit shown below, the current I is R
R
R R 10 V
1 R
equal to +

+ –
VC VD R
5V 2A
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 7

(a) –5 V (b) 2 V Q.41 Three capacitors C1, C2 and C3 whose values

(c) 3 V (d) 6 V are 10 µF, 5 µF and 2 µF respectively, have
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks] breakdown voltages of 10 V, 5 V and 2 V
respectively. For the interconnection shown
Q.39 Consider a delta-connection of resistors and its below, the maximum safe voltage in volts that
equivalent star-connection as shown below. If can be applied across the combination, and the
all elements of the delta-connection are scaled corresponding total charge in µC stored in the
by a factor k, k > 0, the elements of the effective capacitance across the terminals are,
corresponding star equivalent will be scaled by respectively
a factor of
C2 C3
Ra

Rb Rc

C1

RC RB (a) 2.8 and 36 (b) 7 and 119

(c) 2.8 and 32 (d) 7 and 80
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
RA
Common Data for Questions (42 and 43):
Consider the following figure:
(a) k 2 (b) k
(c) 1/k (d) k
5
[EC-2013 : 1 Mark] Is

10 V 2 1
Q.40 The following arrangement consists of an ideal +
transformer and an attenuator which attenuates Vs 2A
by a factor of 0.8. An ac voltage VWX1 = 100 V is –
applied across WX to get an open-circuit voltage
VYZ across YZ. Next, an ac voltage VYZ2 = 100 V
1 Q.42 The current Is in amperes in the voltage source,
is applied across YZ to get an open-circuit
voltage VWX2 across WX. Then, VYZ1/VWX1, and voltage Vs in volts across the current source
VWX2/VYZ2 are respectively, respectively, are
(a) 13, –20 (b) 8, –10
W
(c) –8, 20 (d) –13, 20
1 : 1.25
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
Y
Q.43 The current in the 1 resistor in amperes is
(a) 2 (b) 3.33
X Z
(c) 10 (d) 12
125 80 100 80 [EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
(a) and (b) and
100 100 100 100
Q.44 Consider the configuration shown in the figure
100 100 80 80
(c) and (b) and which is a portion of a larger electrical network.
100 100 100 100
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks]
 8 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

i5
(a) 22 + j2 V (b) 2 + j22 V
i2 (c) 22 – j2 V (d) 2 – j22 V
R R [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
i3
Q.48 The circuit shown in the figure represents a
i4
i1 R i6

For R = 1 and currents i1 = 2 A, i4 = –1 A,

Ii AIIi
i5 = –4 A, which one of the following is true? R
(a) i6 = 5 A
(b) i3 = –4 A
(c) data is sufficient to conclude that the
supposed currents are impossible (a) voltage controlled voltage source

(d) data is insufficient to identify the currents (b) voltage controlled current source
i2, i3 and i6 (c) current controlled current source
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark] (d) current controlled voltage source
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.45 A Y-network has resistance of 10 each in two
of its arms, while the third arms has a resistance Q.49 The magnitude of current (in mA) through the
of 11 in the equivalent -network, the lowest resistor R2 in the figure shown is _____ .
value (in ) among the three resistances is __ .
R2
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
1k
Q.46 For the Y-network shown in the figure, the value
of R1 (in ) in the equivalent -network is ___ . 10 mA R1 2k R3 4k 2 mA
R1
R4
5
3

3k

[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]

Q.50 The equivalent resistance in the infinite ladder

7.5

network shown in the figure, is Re .

2R R R R
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]

Q.47 In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of

Re R R R R .....
node voltage V2 is
10 0°

The value Re/R is ______ .

V1 4 V2
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]

Q.51 In the network shown in the figure, all resistors

4 0° A –j 3 6 j6
are identical with R = 300 . The resistance Rab
(in ) of the network is _____ .
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 9

a R3
e h

R R R R R
R R2 R2 R3

R3
R R R g
f R2
Rab R c
d
R R R R R R1
R2

R1 R2
b R2

[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
a b
R1
Irms
Q.52 In the given circuit, the values of V1 and V2
respectively are V = 10 sin(t)

4 Rms current Irms (in mA) through the diode is

______ .
I
+
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
+
V2 5A 4 4 2I V1 Q.55 In the given circuit, each resistor has a value
– –
equal to 1 .

(a) 5 V, 25 V (b) 10 V, 30 V
(c) 15 V, 35 V (d) 0 V, 20 V
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]

Q.53 In the circuit shown, the voltage Vx (in Volts) is

_______ .

0.5Vx
10 b

What is the equivalent resistance across the

+
5A Vx 20 8 + 0.25Vx terminals ‘a’ and ‘b’?
–
– 1 1
(a) (b)
6 3
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark] 9 8
(c) (d)
20 15
Q.54 An AC voltage source V = 10 sin(t) Volts is
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
applied to the following network. Assume that,
R1 = 3 k , R2 = 6 k and R3 = 9 k , and that the Q.56 In the circuit shown in the figure, the magnitude
diode is ideal. of the current (in Amperes) through R2 is ____ .
 10 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

R1 R2
R1 R1
5 3
R3 +
60 V 0.04Vx 5 Vx
– R2

R1 R1 11 V
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks] R3 R3

Q.57 In the figure shown, the current ‘i’ (in Amperes) R2

is ______ .

5 R1 R1

1A
1 8V The magnitude of the current (in amperes,
accurate to two decimal places) through the
1 1
source is ______ .

8V
[EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
i
Q.60 Consider the circuit shown in the figure.
1

3
5A
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks] 2
7 I
Q.58 A connection is made consisting of resistance A P Q

in series with a parallel combination of

resistances B and C. Three resistors of value 6 2
10 , 5 , 2 are provided. Consider all
possible permutations of the given resistors into
The current ‘I’ flowing through the 7 resistor
the positions A, B, C and identify the
between P and Q (Rounded off to 1 decimal place)
configurations with maximum possible overall
is _______ A.
resistance. The ratio of maximum to minimum
values of the resistances (up to two decimal [EC-2021 : 1 Mark]
place) is _____ . Q.61 Consider the circuit shown in the figure.
[EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
6 mA
Q.59 Consider the network shown below with
R1 = 1 , R2 = 2 and R3 = 3 . The network is
connected to a constant voltage source of 11 V.
1k
4V
+
1k vo 2 mA
–
1k
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 11

The value of Vo (Rounded off to one decimal 1 2

(a) A (b) A
place) is _______ Volt. 15 15
[EC-2021 : 1 Mark] 4 8
(c) A (d) A
15 15
Q.62 The current ‘I’ in the circuit shown is _____ .
[EE-1992 : 1 Mark]
I 2k 2k
Q.2 All resistance in the circuit in figure are of (R )
each. The switch is initially open. What
5V
–3 happens to the lamp’s intensity when the switch
2k 10 A
is closed?
200 V
Lamp
+ –

(a) 1.25 × 10–3 A (b) 0.75 × 10–3 A

(c) –0.5 × 10–3 A (d) 1.16 × 10–3 A
[EC-2022]

Q.63 Consider the circuit shown in the figure. The

current ‘I’ flowing through the 10 resistor is
________ .
(a) Increases
1 I 10 2
(b) Decreases
(c) Remains same
+ + (d) Answer depends on the value of R
3V 2 1 3V
– – [EE-1992 : 1 Mark]

Q.3 In the circuit shown in figure, X is an element

which always absorbs power. During a
particular operation, it sets up a current of
(a) 1 A (b) 0 A 1 ampere in the possible that X can be absorb
(c) 0.1 A (d) –0.1 A the same power Px for another current i. Then
[EC-2022] the value of this current is

ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G X

(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) i

Q.1 All resistance in figure are 1 each. The value

– +
of current ‘I’ is 1
6V

(a) (3 14) A (b) (3 + 14 ) A

(c) 5 A (d) None of these
I
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark]
+ Q.4 A practical current source is usually represented
1V
– by
(a) a resistance in series with an ideal current
source.
 12 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

(b) a resistance in parallel with an ideal current Cs Cc

source. (a) Cc + (b) Cc +
2 2
(c) a resistance in parallel with an ideal voltage
source. (Cs + 3Cc )
(c) (d) 3 Cc + 2 Cs
(d) none of these [EE-1997 : 1 Mark] 2
[EE-1999 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 A 10 Volt battery with an internal resistance of
1 is connected across a non-linear load whose Q.9 When a resistor R is connected to a current
V-I characteristic is given by 7I = V 2 + 2V. The source, it consumes a power of 18 W. When the
current delivered by the battery is _______ A. same R is connected to a voltage source having
[EE-1997 : 1 Mark] the same magnitude as the current source, the
power absorbed by R is 4.5 W. The magnitude
Q.6 The value of E and I for the circuit shown in of the current source and the value of R are
figure, are _______ V and _______ A.
(a) 18 A and 1 (b) 3 A and 2
I 1 1
(c) 1 A and 18 (d) 6 A and 0.5
2A
[EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
E 6 4 1
Q.10 When a periodic triangular voltage of peak
amplitude 1 V and frequency 0.5 Hz is applied
to a parallel combination of 1 resistor and 1 F
capacitance, the current through the voltage
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks]
source has waveform.
Q.7 The voltage and current waveforms for an
element are shown in figure. The circuit element (a)
is ______ and its value is _______ .

i(t) V(t) (b)

2A 2V

(c)
t t
0 2s 0 2s

[EE-1997 : 2 Marks]
(d)
Q.8 For the circuit shown in figure, the capacitance
measured between terminals B and Y will be
[EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
R
Q.11 The circuit shown in the figure is equivalent to
Cc
a load of
Cc

I 2
B Y
Cc
Cs Cs
4 + 2I
–
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 13

4 8 (a) 3 – 8 cos2t (b) 32 sin2t

(a) (b) (c) 16 sin2t (d) 16 cos2t
3 3
(c) 4 (d) 2 [EE-2003 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2000 : 2 Marks] Q.15 Figure shows the waveform of the current
passing through an inductor of resistance 1
Q.12 Two incandescent light bulbs of 40 W and 60 W
and inductance 2 H. The energy absorbed by
ratings are connected in series across the mains.
the inductor in the first four second is
Then,
(a) the bulbs together consume 100 W.
(b) the bulbs together consume 50 W. 6A

(c) the 60 W bulb glows brighter.

(d) the 40 W bulb glows brighter.
t
[EE-2001 : 1 Mark] 0 2s 4s

Q.13 Consider the star network shown in figure. The (a) 144 J (b) 98 J
resistance between terminals A and B with (c) 132 J (d) 168 J
terminal C open is 6 , between terminal B and [EE-2003 : 1 Mark]
C with terminal A open is 11 , and between
Q.16 In figure, the potential difference between points
terminals C and A with terminal B open is 9 .
P and Q is
Then,
A
2A
RA
2 R 4
P Q
RB RC +
10 V
–
B

C 8 6
(a) RA = 4 , RB = 2 , RC = 5
(b) RA = 2 , RB = 4 , RC = 7 (a) 12 V (b) 10 V

(c) RA = 3 , RB = 3 , RC = 4 (c) –6 V (d) 8 V

(d) RA = 5 , RB = 1 , RC = 10 [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2001 : 2 Marks] Q.17 In figure, the value of R is
Q.14 A segment of a circuit shown in figure VR = 5 V, R
VC = 4 sin2t. The voltage VL is given by
Q 14 1
1A
+ 10 A 5A
5 VR
– 2
1F
P R 100 V 40 V
+ –
Vc
2A +
2H VL
(a) 10 (b) 18
–
S (c) 24 (d) 12
[EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
 14 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.18 In figure, the value of the source voltage is Q.22 In the figure given below the value of R is
10 Va 1 2A 8A R
P

100 V 10 10
1A 6 E

Q
(a) 2.5 (b) 5.0
(a) 12 V (b) 24 V
(c) 7.5 (d) 10.0
(c) 30 V (d) 44 V
[EE-2005 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
Q.23 A 3 V d.c. supply with an internal resistance of
Q.19 In figure, the value of resistance R in is 2 supplies a passive non-linear resistance
10 2A 2
characterized by the relation VNL = I NL . The
power dissipated in the non-linear resistance is
100 V 10 R (a) 1.0 W (b) 1.5 W
(c) 2.5 W (d) 3.0 W
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
(a) 10 (b) 20
Q.24 Assuming ideal elements in the circuit shown
(c) 30 (d) 40 below, the voltage Vab will be
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
a R
Q.20 In figure, Ra, Rb and Rc are 20 , 10 and 10 +
respectively. The resistance R1, R2 and R3 in
of an equivalent star-connection are 1A Vab i 5V

a –
b
a R1
(a) –3 V (b) 0 V
Rb Rc
R3 R2
(c) 3 V (d) 5 V
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
Ra c
c c b Q.25 In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of
(a) 2.5, 5, 5 (b) 5, 2.5, 5 the current i will be given by
(c) 5, 5, 2.5 (d) 2.5, 5, 2.5 1 a b 3
+ Vab –
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]

Q.21 The rms value of the current in the wire which 5V 1 1 i + 4V

– ab

carries a dc current of 10 A and a sinusoidal

alternating current of peak value of 20 A is
(a) 10 A (b) 14.14 A (a) 0.31 A (b) 1.25 A
(c) 15 A (d) 17.32 A (c) 1.75 A (d) 2.5 A
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks] [EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 15

Q.26 The current through the 2 k resistance in the (a) (5 A, Put Vs = 20 V)

circuit shown is (b) (2 A, Put Vs = 8 V)
1k C 1k (c) (5 A, Put Is = 10 V)
(d) (7 A, Put Is = 12 V)
A B [EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
2k
Q.30 As shown in the figure, a 1 resistance is
connected across a source that has a load line
1k D 1k v + i = 100. The current through the resistance is
i
+
6V
Source V 1
(a) 0 mA (b) 1 mA
(c) 2 mA (d) 6 mA –

[EE-2009 : 1 Mark] (a) 25 A (b) 50 A

Q.27 How many 200 W/220 V incandescent lamps (c) 100 A (d) 200 A
connected in series would consume the same [EE-2010 : 1 Mark]
total power as a single 100 W/220 V
Q.31 If the electrical circuit of Fig. (b) is an equivalent
incandescent lamp?
of the coupled tank system of Fig. (a), then
(a) non possible (b) 4
(c) 3 (d) 2
[EE-2009 : 1 Mark]

Q.28 The equivalent capacitance of the input loop of

the circuit shown is
i1 1k 1k
h1
h2
1k 49 i1
Input 100 µF
loop

(a) Coupled tank

100 µF

(a) 2 µF (b) 100 µF B D

(c) 200 µF (d) 4 µF

[EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
A C
Q.29 For the circuit shown, find out the current
flowing through the 2 resistance. Also identify
the changes to be made of double the current
through the 2 resistance. ( b) Electrical equivalent

(a) A, B are resistance and C, D capacitances.

(b) A, C are resistance and B, D capacitances.
Vs = 4 V Is = 5 A 2 (c) A, B are capacitances and C, D resistances.
(d) A, C are capacitances and B, D resistances.
[EE-2010 : 1 Mark]
 16 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.32 If the 12 resistor draws a current of 1 A as Q.35 Three capacitors C1, C2 and C3 whose values are
shown in the figure, the value of resistance R is 10 µF, 5 µF and 2 µF respectively have breakdown
voltages of 10 V, 5 V and 2 V respectively. For the
1 R
interconnection shown below, the maximum safe
voltage in volts that can be applied across the
combination, and the corresponding total charge
2A 1A 12 6V
in µC stored in the effective capacitance across
the terminals are, respectively
C2 C3

(a) 4 (b) 6
(c) 8 (d) 18
[EE-2010 : 2 Marks]
C1
Q.33 If VA – VB = 6 V, then VC – VD is
(a) 2.8 and 36 (b) 7 and 119
R VA 2 VB R
(c) 2.8 and 32 (d) 7 and 80
[EE-2013 : 2 Marks]

R R – Q.36 Consider a delta-connection of resistors and its

R R R 10 V
1
+ equivalent star-connection as shown below. If
all elements of the delta-connection are scaled
by a factor k, k > 0, the elements of the
+ –
VC VD R corresponding star equivalent will be scaled by
5V 2A
a factor of
(a) –5 V (b) 2 V
Ra RC RB
(c) 3 V (d) 6 V
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
Rb Rc RA
Q.34 In the circuit shown below, the current through
the inductor is
(a) k 2 (b) 5
I2
1
j1 (c) (d) k
1

1 k
0A

[EE-2013 : 1 Mark]
1 0V 1 0V
– + + –
Q.37 The three circuit elements shown in the figure
are part of an electric circuit. The total power
1
0A

absorbed by the three circuit elements in watts

–j1 1
is _______ .
10 A 8A

2 1
(a) A (b) A 100 V 80 V
1+ j 1+ j
1 15 V
(c) A (d) 0 A
1+ j
[EE-2012 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 17

Q.38 An incandescent lamp is marked 40 W, 240 V. If (a) 5 (b) 7

resistance at room temperature (26°C) is 120 , (c) 10 (d) 14
and temperature coefficient of resistance is [EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
4.5 × 10 –3/°C, then its ‘ON’ state filament
temperature in °C is approximately _______ . Q.42 In the given circuit, the parameter ‘k’ is positive,
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] and the power dissipated in the 2 resistor is
12.5 W. The value of ‘k’ is _______ .
Q.39 In the figure, the value of resistor R is
2 5
I + –
25 + , where I is the current in amperes. Vo
2
10
The current I is _______ . 4V 5A

kVo
I

300 V R [EE-2015 : 2 Marks]

Q.43 The current i (in Ampere) in the 2 resistor of

the given network is _______ .
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
1
Q.40 The power delivered by the current source, in
the figure, is _______ . i
1 1

5V 2
1V
1 1

1
1V 2A 1
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark]

Q.44 RA and RB are the input resistance of circuits as

[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] shown below. The circuits extend infinitely in
the direction shown. Which one of the following
Q.41 The voltages developed across the 3 and 2
statements is true?
resistors shown in the figure are 6 V and 2 V
respectively, with the polarity as marked. What 2 2 2
is the power (in Watt) delivered by the 5 V
voltage source? RA
1 1 1
3
– +
6V
2 2 2
Network 2 Network
N-1 + – N-2
2V RB
1 1 1 1

– +
5V
 18 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

(a) RA = RB (b) RA = RB = 0 (a) 0 (b) 5

RA (c) 10 (d) 20
(c) RA < RB (d) RB =
(1 + RA ) [EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.49 The equivalent resistance between the terminals
Q.45 In the portion of a circuit shown, if the heat A and B is _______ .
generated in 5 resistance is 10 calories/sec, 1 2 1
then heat generated by the 4 resistance, in A
6
calories per second, is _______ .
4 6 3 6 1

3
B
0.8
5
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.50 The power supplied by the 25 V source in the
Q.46 In the given circuit, the current supplied by the
figure shown below is ______ W.
battery, in ampere, is ________ .
R1
I1 1 1 I2 I
+ 17 V –
+

1V I2 1 25 V 14 A R2 0.4I

[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
Q.47 In the circuit shown below, the node voltage VA
Q.51 The equivalent impedance Zeq for the infinite
is _______ V.
ladder circuit shown in the figure is
A I1 5
j9 j9

5 5
5 5A
j5 j5
– Zeq
+ 10I1 10 V ......

–j1 j1
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]

Q.48 In the circuit shown below, the voltage and

current sources are ideal. The voltage (Vout) (a) j12 (b) –j12
across the current source (in Volts), is ______ . (c) j13 (d) 13
2 [EE-2018 : 2 Marks]

Q.52 The current I flowing in the circuit shown below

in amperes (Round off to one decimal place) is
10 V 5A Vo
_________ .
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 19

I 2 3 1 10°
I2
A2
I1
+ 5I A1
20 V 2A –
I3
A3
1 70°
[EE-2019 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2020 : 1 Mark]
Q.53 Currents through ammeters A2 and A3 in the
figure are 1 10° and 1 70° respectively. The
reading of the ammeter A1
(Rounded off to 3 decimal places) is ______ A.

Electronics & Electrical Engineering

GATE Previous Years Solved Paper

A n swe rs & Expl a n a t i o n s

Answers
EC Basics of Network Analysis

1. (0.5) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (a)

9. (d) 10. (a) 11. (b) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (d) 16. (d)

17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (a) 21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (d) 24. (a)

25. (a) 26. (*) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (b) 31. (c) 32. (a)

33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (b) 36. (c) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (b) 40. (b)

41. (c) 42. (d) 43. (c) 44. (a) 45. (29.09) 46. (10) 47. (d) 48. (c)

49. (2.8) 50. (2.62) 51. (100) 52. (a) 53. (8) 54. (1) 55. (d) 56. (5)

57. (–1) 58. (2.143) 59. (8) 60. (0.5) 61. (1) 62. (b) 63. (b)
20 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Solutions Basics of Network Analysis

EC

1. Sol. 3. (d)
Triangular wave, 0.5 ampere peak, If all resistors are doubled then the current get
1 halved,
Vdt
iL =
L I
So, the current through inductor is the I =
2
integration of the applied voltage across the
inductor. R = 2R
Integration of square wave is a triangular wave. I
V = 2 R = IR = V
So, the current through the inductor is a 2
triangular wave.
Now, v(t) = u(t) – 2u(t – 0.5) + 2u(t – 1) +... 4. (a)
iL(t) = r(t) – 2r(t – 0.5) + 2r(t – 1) +... Current through 5 resistor,
iL(t )
10
i5 = = 2 Amp.
0.5 5
Current through 1 resistor,
0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 t(m-sec) 5
i1 = = 5 Amp.
Ip = 0.5 A 1
So, the current through 15 resistor,
5. (c) i 15 = –(i1 + i5)
N1 : = –(5 + 2) = –7 Amp.
1 1 Voltage across 15 resistor,
Y1(s) = s + +
2s + 1 1 + 2 V15 = 15(i15)
s = 15(–7) = –105 V
2 s2 + 2s + 1
Y1(s) = 5. (d)
2s + 1
N2 : P1 = 4 W, P2 = 9 W
1 1 1+s From superposition theorem,
Y2(s) = + =
2s + 1 2 + 1 2 s + 1 P = ( P1 + P2 )2
s
N3 : = ( 4 + 9)2
1 1+ s
Y3(s) = s + 1
= s+ P = (2 + 3)2 = 25 W
1+ s+1+s
1
1+ 6. (d)
s
L = L1 + L2 ± 2 M
2 s2 + 2s + 1
Y3(s) = = L1 + L2 ± 2 k L1 L2
2s + 1
N4 :
L = 2 + 2 ± 2(0.1) 2 × 2
1 2s 2 + 2s + 1 = 4 ± 0.4
Y4(s) = s + =
2s + 1 2s + 1 L = 3.6 H and 4.4 H
So, N1 and N3 networks having identical driving
point function.
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 21

7. (b) 1

iD
A
2.5 A 2 2V

i6
i5
Using source transformation,
2 1

iD
Apply KCL at node A, 5V 2V
i0 + i1 + i4 = 0
7 + 5 + i4 = 0
i 4 = –12 A
5 2 3
iD = = = 1 Amp.
8. (a) 2+1 3
Apply KVL, 13. (b)
V+5–4–4 = 0
The nodal or mesh method is based on KCL and
V = 3V
Ohm’s law.
9. (d)
14. (c)
V = V2 A + 2 × 2 + 5
Apply superposition theorem:
= V2 A + 9
For 1 Volt source,
Since, the voltage of 2 A current source is not
2
known. So, it is not possible to find the value of Vab1 = 1 ×
2+2
voltage V.
= 0.5 V
10. (a) For 3 A source,
Voltage in parallel is always equal. 2
Vab3 = 3 × ×2 = 3 V
2+2
11. (b)
The bridge is balanced, Vab = Vab1 + Vab3

Zeq = (2 4) + (2 4) = 0.5 + 3 = 3.5 V

2×4 2×4 4 4 8 15. (d)

Zeq = + = + =
2+4 2+4 3 3 3 a

12. (c)
R1
iD 5 30

1 R2 R3
2.5 A 4 4 b c
15
2V
5 × 30
R1 = =3
5 + 30 + 15
22 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

15 × 5 20. (a)
R2 = = 1.5
50 Z = 3Z Y
15 × 30 3Z = 3Z Y
R3 = =9
50
Z
ZY =
16. (d) 3
Applying KCL at the node (1), 21. (d)
eat + ebt = iL(t)
Applying source conversion,
d
v(t) = L [ e at + ebt ] 10 2 eo
dt
v(t) = aeat + bebt 16 V

17. (a) 80 V 12
6
V2 0V

1V 1V eo 80 eo eo 16
+ + =0
12 12 6
E 4eo = 112
112
eo = = 28 V
4V 5V 4

22. (a)
V1 10 V
Applying KVL,
0 – 1 – E – 5 – 10 = 0 V1
E = –16 V 20 5I 5 I + =0
5
18. (d) 20 – 10I – 20 = 0
Since diode is forward bias it is taken as short- I=0
circuit. Only dependent source acts,
Applying KCL, V1
= 4A
V 4 V V +2 5
+ + =0 Power delivered = I2R
2 2 2
3V = 2 = 16 × 5 = 80 W
2 23. (d)
V=
3
3Vp Ip cos = 1500
2
Vo = V= VL VL
3 3 cos = 1500
3 3ZL
19. (c)
VL2 cos
Applying KCL, ZL =
1500
eo 12 eo eo
+ + =0 400 2 × 0.844
4 4 4 = = 90
1500
3eo = 12
= cos–1(0.844) = 32.44
eo = 4 V
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 23

As power factor is leading, load is capacitive so 28. (d)

angle will be negative,
MdI/dt MdI/dt
= –32.44° L1 L2
–+ –+
24. (a)
As voltage at 1 node is known.
using nodal analysis only 3 equations V
required.

25. (a) If current enters the dotted terminals of coil 1

i i/3 then a voltage is developed across coil 2 whose
a
higher potential is at dotted terminals,
i/3
MdI L1 dI MdI dI
i/3 V= + + L2
i/6
dt dt dt dt
dI
= (L1 + L2 2M)
dt
i
b dI
i/3 V = Leq
dt
i i i
Vab = ×1+ ×1+ ×1
3 6 3 29. (d)
Vab 5
Req = = 1/ sC 1
i 6 H(s) = =
1 2
s LC + sCR + 1
R + sL +
sC
26. (*)
Question is incomplete. 1 10 6
H(s) = =
10 6 s 2 + s + 1 s 2 + 106 s + 10 6
27. (d)
vc(t) 30. (b)
X = X1 + X2 + X3 + 2Xm – 2Xm
3V
= (j5 + j2 + j2 + j20 – j20)
= j9 (one additive and other subtractive)
t 31. (c)
T
Va = 5 (R1 = R2)
T
1
vc(t) = i dt R3 1.1
C Vb = × 10 = × 10
0 R3 + R4 2.1
1 1 V = Va – Vb = –0.238 V
Here, T= = = 2 m-sec
t 500
C = 2 µF 32. (a)
i Since, the power is absorbed by 60 V source,
3 = T
2 µF I = 12 – I
3 × 2 µF 3 × 2 µF I >0
i= = = 3 mA 12 – I > 0
T 2 m-sec
I < 12 A
Hence, the charging requires constant current
source of 3 mA for 2 m-sec.
24 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

20 V
I 2 –j4

j4 2
I 60 V 14 0°

12 A
Equivalent impedance of the circuit,
33. (c) Z = (2 + j 4) (2 j 4) + 2
P = VI 4 + 16
Z= +2 =7
Energy = P t 4
I = 2 A (Given) 14 0°
Current, I= = 2 0° A
V t = Area under V – t curve 7
1 36. (c)
V t= × 2 × 600 + (10 + 600)
2
A
= 600 + 6000
V t = 6600 i (i + 1)
E = (6600) × 2 = 13200 = 13.2 1 j1
kJ 1A

1 0V 1 0V
34. (a) D
B – – C
+ +
1 3+i i

1A
1 –j1 1
1
i (i + 1)
3A
10 V E
2+i
1A
According to KCL at node D there will be no
2A
1 current in voltage sources.
According to KCL at node A current through
1 inductor will be
i1 = i + 1 ...(1)
Applying KVL in outer loop,
Applying KVL in loop ACDBA we have
(3 + i) 2 + (2 + i) 2 = 10
1 × i + (i + 1) j1 + 1 0 – 1 0 = 0
6 + 2i + 4 + 2i = 10
i + (i + 1) j = 0
4i = 0
(1 + j) i = –j
i=0
j
Power supplied by the voltage across, i= ...(2)
1+ j
P = Vi
Therefore from (1) and (2) we have,
= 10 × 0 = 0 W
j
i1 = i + 1 = +1
35. (b) j+1
Converting delta into star, the circuit can be 1
redrawn as below: i1 =
1+ j
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 25

37. (b) 40. (b)

Average power is same as rms power, VYZ1 = 100 × 1.25 × 0.8
2
2 5 = 100 V
P = Irms R = ×4
2 In second case, when 100 V is applied at YZ
25 terminals, this whole 100 V will appear across
× 4 = 50 W
=
2 the secondary winding.
Note : Power is consumed only by resistance 100
i.e. by real part of impedance. Hence, VWX2 = = 80 V
1.25
38. (a) YYZ1 100 VWX2 80
= , =
R VA 2 VB R i1 YWX1 100 VYZ2 100
E
i i2 i3 i4
41. (c)
R –
R R R 10 V Q = CV
1 F R +
Q1 = C1V1 = 10 × 10–6 × 10 = 100 µC
i5
–
Q2 = C2V2 = 5 × 10–6 × 5 = 25 µC
+ VC VD
5V 2A R Q3 = C3V3 = 2 × 10–6 × 2 = 4 µC
VA VB 6 Capacitors C2 and C3 are in series.
i= =
2 2 In series charge in same.
= 3A ...(i) So, the maximum charge on C2 and C3 will be
i5 = 3 A minimum of (Q2, Q3) = min(25 µC , 4 µC ) = 4 µC
KCL at node F, we have, = Q23.
i6 + 2 + i5 = 0 In series the equivalent capacitance of C2 and
i 6 = –2 – i5 C3 is
i 6 = –5 A C 2C 3 5 × 2 10
C 23 = = = µF
So, VC – VD = 1 × i6 = –5 V C2 + C3 5 + 2 7
39. (b) So, the equivalent voltage,

Rb Rc Q23 4 × 10 6
RA = V23 = =
Ra + Rb + Rc C 23 10 × 10 6
7
Ra = kRa
28
Rb = kRb = = 2.8 V
10
Rc = kRc In parallel, the voltage is same,
V1 = V23 = 2.8 V
kRb kRc
RA = Charge in capacitor C1,
kRa + kRb + kRc
Q1 = C1V1
k 2 Rb Rc = 10 × 10–6 × 2.8
= = 28 µC
k( RA + Rb + Rc )
In parallel, the total charge,
Rb Rc
= k× Q = Q1 + Q23
Ra + Rb + Rc
Q = 4 + 28
R A = kRA Q = 32 µC
26 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

42. (d) Using KVL at all the three nodes we get

At node A,
i5 – i3 + i2 = 0 ...(i)
5 At node B,
Is
i4 + i1 – i2 = 0 ...(ii)
10 V 2 1
+ At node C,
Vs 2A i6 + i3 – i1 = 0 ...(iii)
– By putting the value of i3 and i2 from equation
(i) and (ii) in equation (iii) we get,
Voltage across 1 resistance, i6 + (i2 + i5) – i1 = 0
V1 = 10 V i6 + (i1 + i4 + i5) – i1 = 0
Current through 1 resistance, i6 + (2 – 1 – 4) – 2 = 0
10 i6 = 5 A
= 10 Amp.
I1 =
1
Voltage across 2 resistance, 45. Sol.
V2 = 10 V According to the question,
Current through 2 resistance,
10
I2 == 5 Amp. 11
2
Apply KCL at node A,
–2 + Is + I2 + I1 = 0
10 10
Is = 2 – I1 – I2 = 2 – 10 – 5
Is = –13 Ampere
Voltage at node A,
The equivalent -network of the above
VA = 10 V
Y-network is,
Vs – 10 = 10 V
Vs = 10 + 10 = 20 V

43. (c)
11

The current in the 1 resistor, Ra Rb

10
I1 = = 10 Ampere
1 10
10
44. (a)
Rc
Given data: i 1 = 2 A, i4 = –1 A, i5 = –4 A
R=1 10 × 11
Here, Ra = 10 + 11 + = 32
To calculate, i6 = ? 10
10 × 11
i5 Rb = 10 + 11 + = 32
A 10
10 × 10
R R Rc = 10 + 10 + = 29.09
11
i2 i3 Hence, the lowest value among the three
i4
B C i6 resistances is 29.09 .
R i1
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 27

46. Sol. 50. Sol.

R1 For an infinite ladder network, if all the

resistance are comprises of same value R, then,
5
R R R

R2 7.53 R3 R R R ....

Req
R R
Using star-delta conversions:
The value of R1 is given by
R R ....
5× 3
= 5+3+ = 10
7.5

47. (d) Req

Using the concepts of super node, we get or,

V1 – V2 = 10 0° ...(i) R
V V V
= 1 + 2 + 2 = 4 0° ...(ii)
3j 6j 6
R Req
2V1 + V2 + jV2
= = 4 0° ...(iii)
6j
From equation (i) and (iii), Req

20 + j 24 31.241 50.194 R Req

V2 = =
( 1 + j) 2 135° Req = R + ...(i)
R + Req
= 22.091 –84.806
After solving equation (i) we get,
or, V2 = 2 – 22j
1+ 5
49. Sol. Req = R ...(ii)
2
Using source transformation, we get,
From the given question, the circuit can be
1k redraw as,

2k 4k R

Re Req
I

20 V 8V
R e = R + Req ...(iii)
3k From equation (ii) and (iii) we get,
Applying KVL in above circuit, we get, 1+ 5
20 – 2I – I – 4I + 8 – 3I = 0 Re = R + R = 2.618 R ...(iv)
2
or, 28 = 10I
Re
or, I = 2.8 mA or, = 2.618 = 2.62
R
28 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

51. Sol. So, V2 = 4(I + I + 2I) + 4I (By KVL)

Modifying the given circuit, I + I + 2I = 5 (By KCL)
5
a I= A
4
R R R 4× 5
R
R
R V2 = 4 × 5 + = 25 V
4
4×5
V1 = 4 I = =5V
Rab 4
R
R R R R R
53. Sol.
b

a 0.5Vx

Vx 10 Vy
R R R R R R

+
5A Vx 20 8 + 0.25Vx
–
–

Rab R R R R R R
Vx Vx Vy
b + + 0.5Vx = 5 A
20 10
a 1 1 Vy
Vx + + 0.5 = 5 +
20 10 10
13Vx = 100 + 2Vy ...(i)
2R R R 2R and also, Vy = 0.25 Vx ...(ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we have
Rab
52Vy = 100 + 2Vy
b
50Vy = 100 Vy = 2 V
1 Vx = 4Vy = 8 V
1 1 1 1
Rab = + + +
2R R R 2R 54. Sol.
R 300 R3
= = = 100 e h
3 3

52. (a) R2 R2 R3

4 R3 I/6 I/3
g
f R2
I I c
d
R1 I/6
+ + R2
I/3
V2 5A 4 4 2I V1
R1 R2
– I/3 R2
–
I/6

a
R1 I/3 b
Current flowing through both the parallel 4
will be I. I
10 sin(t)
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 29

The equivalent resistance across terminal ah

(outer loop) is, a

R1 R2 R3

4/
I/3 I/6 I/3 1

3
4/3
1

10 sint

3
4/
1 I I
V= ×3 k + ×6 k + ×9 k = 5I 1
3 6 3
V b
or, = 5k
I
For half wave rectifier, Again by star to delta conversion,
Im 10 sin t a
Irms = = = 2 sin t mA
(2) 5k
Im 1
Irms = = 1 mA
2
4
55. (d) 4
1
Req 4

1 1
1
b

1 1 Rab = {(4 1) + (4 1)} {(1 4)}

1 1
1 4 4 4 8
= + =
5 5 5 15

1 56. Sol.
1
0.16Vx R1 Vx/5 R2
b

By using delta to star conversion, 5 3

a
+
60 V 0.4Vx 5 Vx
–
1
1

1/3 Using KVL in the outer loop,

1 Vx
1 60 5(0.16 Vx ) × 3 Vx = 0
1/3 5
1/3
or, Vx = 25 V
The current flowing through,
1 1
Vx 25
R2 = = = 5A
b
5 5
30 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

57. Sol. 59. Sol.

5
R1 R1
1A
1 8V I
A B
R2
1 V1 1

8V R1 R1 11 V
i R3 R3

1 R2
C D

Using KCL at V1, R1 R1

V1 V1 8 V1 8 V1
+ + + = 0 or V1 = 4 V
1 1 1 1
Considering KVL, we get,
1A 5A R1 R1

4A I
A B

4A
i = –1 A
R1 R1 11 V
R3 R3
58. Sol.
The connection of resistors is as shown below, C D
RB

R1 R1
RA

RC

Given resistor values are: 10 , 5 , 2

The maximum resistance possible is,
R1 R1
RT(max) = 10 + (5 2 )
I
10 80
= 10 + =
7 7
The minimum resistance possible is,
R1 R1 R3 R3 11 V
RT(min) = 2 + (10 5 )

10 16
= 2+ =
3 3
RT (max) 80 /7 15 R1 R1
= = = 2.143
RT (min) 16 /3 7
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 31

As the network is symmetric, Given that,

VA = VB and VC = VD R1 = 1 and R3 = 3
So, current through R2 resistors is zero and as 1 3 3 /2 11
VA = VB and VC = VD, electrically the circuit can So, RT = 1 + = 1+ =
2 2 4 8
be reduced as,
11 V 11
Total resistance, I= = =8A
RT (11/8)
R T = 2 ( R1 R1 ) + ( R1 R1 R3 R3 )

R1 R3
= R1 +
2 2

Answers
EE Basics of Network Analysis

1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (5) 6. (31) 7. (2) 8. (c)

9. (b) 10. (d) 11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (b) 14. (b) 15. (c) 16. (c)
17. (d) 18. (c) 19. (b) 20. (a) 21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (a)
25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (b) 31. (d) 32. (b)
33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (c) 36. (b) 37. (330) 38. (2470.44°) 39. (10) 40. (3)
41. (a) 42. (0.5) 43. (0) 44. (d) 45. (2) 46. (0.5) 47. (11.42) 48. (d)
49. (3) 50. (250) 51. (a) 52. (1.4) 53. (1.732)

Solutions
EE Basics of Network Analysis

1. (d) By putting the options, it can be concluded that

for i = 5 A,
R = 1 + [(1 1 + 1) (1 1 + 1) + 1]
Px = (6 × 5) – (52 × 1) = 5 W
[(1 (1 1 + 1) (1 1 + 1) + 1] Option (c) is correct.
15
= 5. Sol.
8
1 I
V 1 8
I= = = A +
R 15 /8 15
Non-linear
2. (c) 10 V V
load
As the given bridge is balanced Wheatstone
bridge, current flowing through the lamp will –

remain same irrespective of the state of switch. Using KVL,

Hence intensity of lamp will remain same. V + I = 10 ...(i)
Given, 2
7I = V + 2 V ...(ii)
3. (c)
On solving equation (i) and equation (ii)
P x = P6 V – P1 we get, V = 5 V, I = 5 A
= 6 × 1 – 12 × 1 = 5 W
32 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

6. Sol. 9. (b)

1 I2 1 When resistor R is connected to a current source,

I V1 8V

I1 2A I3
I R
E 6 4 1

P = I2 R = 18 W
When resistor R is connected to a voltage source,
Voltage across 4 resistor = 4 × 2 = 8 V
Current through 1 resistor,
8 V R
=8A
I3 =
1
I2 = I3 + 2 = 10 A
V2
V1 = 8 + 1 × 10 P= = 4.5 W
R
= 18 V
Given, V = I (in magnitude)
Current through 6 resistor,
I2R = 18 ...(i)
18
I1 = =3A I2
6 = 4.5 ...(ii)
R
Current through 1 resistor,
On solving these two equations, we get,
I= I1 + I2
I = 3A; R=2
= 3 + 10 = 13 A
E= V1 + I 1 10. (d)
= 18 + 13 × 1 = 31 V
i
iR ic
7. Sol.
For the given waveforms, v(t) C 1F
R 1
di(t )
v(t) = 2
dt
Comparing it with, i = iR + iC
di(t ) iR = v(t)
v(t) = L
dt 1

we get, L = 2H
t
8. (c) ic =
dv(t )
dt
Given circuit can be written as, 1

B Y t
Cc

Cs Cc Cs Cc
i = iR + ic

2
R
1

0 t
C + Cc C + 3Cc
C BY = s + Cc + s –1
2 2
v(t ) dv(t )
i = iR + iC = +1
1 dt
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 33

11. (b) 14. (b)

I I2 2 By KCL,
+ IP + IQ + IC + IL = 0
I1
2 + 1 + IC + IL = 0
V + 2I dv
–
4 But, IC = C ×
dt
–
d
= 1× (4 sin 2t ) = (8 cos 2t )
Current through 4 resistor, dt
IL = –(2 + 1 + 8 cos2t)
V
I1 = = –3 – 8 cos2t
4
Current through 2 resistor, di
VL = L = 2 × 2 × 8sin 2t
dt
V 2I
I2 = = 32 sin2t
2
Note: KCL is based on the law of conservation
V V 2I
Total current, I = I1 + I 2 = + of charges.
4 2
V V 15. (c)
I= + I
4 2 For 0 < t < 2s current varies linearly with time
3 and given as, i(t) = 3t and for 2s < t < 4s current
2I = V
4 is constant, i(t) = 6 A.
V 8 The energy absorbed by the inductor (Resistance
Load = = neglected) in the first 2 sec,
I 3
T di
12. (d) EL = Li dt = EL1 + EL 2
0 dt
1 T di
Q P EL1 = Li dt
R 0 dt
Therefore resitance of 40 W bulb > resistance of 2
60 W bulb. = 2 × 3t × 3 dt
0
For series connection, current through both the 2
bulbs will be seme P = I2R (for series connection). 2 t2
= 18 t dt = 8 ×
Power consumed by 40 W bulb > power
0 2
0
consumed by 60 W bulb. 4
Hence, the 40 W bulb brighter. = 18 × 0 = 36 J
2
13. (b) The energy absorbed by the inductor in (2 4)
second,
When C is open,
R AB = RA + RB = 6 4 di
EL2 = Li dt
When B is copen,
2 dt
RAC = RA + RC = 9 4
= 2 6 0 dt = 0 J
2
When A is open,
A pure inductor does not dissipate energy but
RBC = RB + RC = 11
only stores it. Due to resistance, some energy is
On solving above equations,
dissipated in the resistor. Therefore, total energy
R A = 2 , RB = 4
absorbed by the inductor is the sum of energy
and RC = 7
stored in the inductor and the energy dissipated
in the resistor.
34 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

The energy dissipated by the resistance in 4 sec, 17. (d)

T 2 By KCL:
ER = i R dt
0
VP 40 VP 100 VP
T 4 2 + + =0
2 1 14 2
= (3t ) × 1 dt + 6 × 1 dt
0 2
22VP = 660
2 4
= (9t 2 ) dt + 36 1 dt R I
0 2

2
t3 4 8 14 P 1
= 9× + 36 t 2 = 9 × + 36 × 2 x y
3 3
0
10 A 5A
= 24 + 72 = 96 J
+ 2 +
The total energy absorbed by the inductor in
100 V V V 40 V
4 sec, – –
= 96 J + 36 J = 132 J

16. (c)
VP = 30 V
Given, VR = 10 V
Potential difference between node x and y = 60 V.
By KCL,
By taking KCL at node y,
VP 10 VP
+2+ =0 ...(i) 40 30
2 8 I 5+ =0
1
VQ 10 VQ I = 5A
2+ =0 ...(ii)
4 6 60
I= = 12
5
2A
18. (c)
10 Va 6 P 2A
R
P Q
2 4 6
+
10 V 1A E
–
I

8 6 a
Method-1:
4(VP – 10) + 2 × 8 + VP = 0 Using KCL,
4 VP – 40 + 16 + VP = 0 Va E Va
+ 1 =0
5 VP – 24 = 0 6 6
VP = 4.8 2Va – E = 6 ...(i)
From equation (ii), E Va
6(VQ – 10) – 2 × 4 × 6 + 4VQ = 0 where, =2
6
10 VQ – 108 = 0
E – Va = 12 ...(ii)
VQ = 10.8
Solving equaton (i) and (ii), we get
VP – VQ = –6 V
Va = 18 V
and E = 30 V
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 35

Method-2 : Rc Ra
I = 2+1=3A R2 =
Ra + Rb + Rc
Apply KVL in second loop,
10 × 20
E = 2 × 6 + 3 × 6 = 30 V = =5
20 + 10 + 10
19. (b) Ra Rb
R3 =
Ra + Rb + Rc
10 P 2A
20 × 10
= =5
20 + 10 + 10
Remember : If all the branches of -connection
100 V 10 R
has same impedance Z, then the impedance of
branch of Y-connection be Z/3.

21. (d)
VP 100 VP
+ +2 = 0 Rms value of dc current = 10 A = Idc
10 10
20
2VP – 100 + 20 = 0 Rms value of sinusoidal current = A = Iac
2
80 Rms value of resultant,
VP = = 40 V
2
IR = 2 2
VP 40 Idc + Iac
R= = = 20
2 2 2
20
= 10 2 +
20. (a) 2
= 17.32 A
a
22. (c)
Rb Rc -Y The resultant (R) when viewed from voltage
Transformation
100
source = = 12.5
Ra 8
c c
a R + 10 10 = 12.5

R1 R = 12.5 10 10
= 12.5 – 5 = 7.5
R3 R2
23. (a)

c INL
b
+
Given, Ra = 20 , Rb = 10
DC R
and Rc = 10 VNL
Non-linear
supply resistor
Rb Rc E
R1 =
Ra + Rb + Rc
–
10 × 10
= = 2.5 2
20 + 10 + 10 VNL = I NL ...(i)
36 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

VNL = E – INLR Va 2.5

Vb = = = 1.25 V
where, E = 3V 2 2
and R=2 i 2 = Vab = Vb
2 i 2 = 1.25 A
VNL = 3 2 I NL = I NL
2 26. (a)
I NL + 2 I NL 3 =0
Bridge is balanced i.e. node C and node D are at
INL = –3 A or 1 A
same parallel. Therefore, no current flows
–3 A is rejected, because the non-linear resistor
through 2 k resistor.
is passive and the only active element in the
circuit is 3 V dc supply. Which is supplying the 27. (d)
power to the resistor. Let resistance of single incandescent lamp = R.
So, INL = 1 A Power consumed by a single lamp,
Power dissipated in the non-linear resistor P = 200 W
2 When connected across voltage,
= VNL I NL I NL I NL
V = 220 V
3
= I NL = 13 = 1 W
V2 220 2
So, P= 200 =
24. (a) R R
R = 242
i = 1A
Let, ‘n’ number of lamps are connected is series
Applying KVL,
across voltage,
Vab – 2i + 5 = 0
V = 200 V
Vab = –5 + 2i
So total resistance of lamps,
= –5 + 2 × 1 = –3 V
Req. = nR = 242 n
Note: KVL is based on the conservation of
Total power consumed,
energy.
V2
25. (b) P=
Req.
1 Va Vb 3
+ Vab – 220 2
100 = n=2
242 n
5V i1 1 1 i2 + 4V
– ab
28. (a)

i1 1k 1k

By KVL in Loop-1,
5 – i1 – i1 = 0 1k 49 i1

5 Vin 100 µF
i1 = = 2.5 A
2 100 µF
Va = 2.5 V
50 i1
By KVL in Loop-2,
4Vab = 3i2 + i2 Applying KVL,
4Vab Vin – i1(1 + 1) – 50 i1(–jXC) = 0
i2 = = Vab
4 Vin = i1[2 – j50XC]]
Vb = 1 × i2 = Vab Vin
Input impedance = =2 j 50XC
Vb = Va – Vb i1
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 37

As imaginary part is negative, input impedance 32. (b)

has equivalent capacitive reactance XCeq. Assuming voltage of the node Va,
XCeq. = 50 XC
1 Va R
1 50 50 1
= = =
C eq. C × 100 2 I
Ceq. = 2 µF 1A
2A 12 6V
29. (b)
Voltage across 2 resistance
= Vs = 4 V
Va = 1 × 12
Current through 2 resistance
= 12 V
Vs 4 Applying KCL,
= = =2A
R 2 –2 + 1 + I = 0
Current source has no effect, when connected
I = 1A
across voltage source.
Va 6 12 6 6
So, to double current though 2 resistance, I= = =
R R R
voltage source is doubled i.e.,
Vs = 8 V 6
I= R=6
R
30. (b)
A resistor has linear characteristics. 33. (a)
i.e., V = Ri
V=i R VA 2 VB R
Load line, V + i = 100
i + i = 100
–
Current through resistance, R
R
R R
R
10 V
1
100 +
i= = 50 A
2
+ –
31. (d) 5V
VC VD R
2A
In such system, volumetric flow rate C is
analogous to current and pressure is analogous
VA 2 VB
to voltage. The hydraulic capacitance due to
storage in gravity field is defined as, I
Network Network
A A B
C= 2V
g I
where, A = Area of the tank VC 1 VD

r = Density of the fluid

g = Acceleration due to gravity VA – VB = 2I
The hydraulic capacitance is represented by 2I = 6
A and C. Liquid trying to flow out of a container, I = 3A
can meet with resistance in several ways. If the VC + 2 + 1 × 1 = VD
outlet is a pipe, the friction between the liquid VC – VD = –2 – 3
and the pipe walls produces resistance to flow. = –5 V
Such resistance is represented by B and D.
38 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

34. (c) In parallel, the voltage is same,

V1 = V23 = 2.8 V
A
Change in capacitor C1,
(1 – I2)
Q1 = C1V1
I2
= 10 × 10–6 × 2.8
1A J1
= 28 µC
1
In parallel, the total charge,
C Q = Q1 + Q23
B D
– + + – Q = 4 + 28 = 32 µC
1 0 1 0

36. (b)
1A
–j1 1 Rb Rc
RA =
Ra + Rb + Rc
Ra = kRa
Apply KCL node at ‘A’:
Rb = kRb
So, current flowing through 1 is (1 – I2)
Applying KVL in ABCD loop, Rc = kRc
1 0 – 1 0 + 1(1 – I2) – jI2 = 0 kRb kRc
RA =
1 kRa + kRb + kRc
I2 =
1+ j
k 2 Rb Rc
=
35. (c) k( Ra + Rb + Rc )
Q = CV Rb Rc
= k× = kRA
Q1 = C1V1 Ra + Rb + Rc
= 10 × 10–6 × 10
37. Sol.
= 10 µC
Q2 = C2V2 Given, electrical circuit is shown below:
= 5 × 10–6 × 5 Node
= 25 µC 10 A 8A
Q3 = C3V3
= 2 × 10–6 × 2 = 4 µC 100 V 80 V

Capacitors C2 and C3 are in series. 2A 15 V

In series charge is same.
So, the maximum charge on C2 and C3 will be
minimum of (Q2, Q3) = min(25 µC, 4 µC) = Applying KCL at node, current through 15 V
4 µC = Q23. voltage source = 2 A.
In series the equivalent capacitance of C2 and Power absorbed by 100 V voltage source
C3 is, = 10 × 100 = 1000 Watt
C 2C 3 5 × 2 10 Power absorbed by 80 V voltage source
C 23 = = = µF
C2 + C3 5 + 2 7 = –(80 × 8) = –640 Watts
So, the equivalent voltage, and power absorbed by 15 V voltage source
= –(15 × 2) = –30 Watt
Q23 4 × 10 6 28
V23 = = = = 2.8 V Total power absorbed by the three circuit
C 23 10
× 10 6 10
7 elements = (100 – 640 – 30) Watts = 33 Watts
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 39

38. Sol. Applying nodal analysis at node P, we have,

Let the resistance of incandescent lamp VI V1 VI V2
+ 2 =0
1 1
V 2 (240)2
= RT = = or, 2VI – (V1 + V2) = 2
P 40
2 + (V1 + V2 )
= 1440 or, VI = ...(i)
2
Given, R 0 = 120 , = 4.5 × 10–3/°C
Let, RT be the resistance of the filament in ON Also, V1 – V2 = 1 Volt
state at temperature T. and V1 = 1 Volt
Then, R T = R0[1 + T] V2 = V1 – 1
= 1 – 1 = 0 Volt
RT 1440
or, [1 + T] = = = 12 Putting values of V1 and V2 in equation (i), we
R0 20
get,
or, T = 11
2 + (1 + 0) 3
or, T = 2444.44°C VI = = Volt
2 2
or, T = 2444.44° + 26°
Power delivered by the current source
= 2470.44°C
3
Therefore, ON state temperature of filament = VI I = × 2 [Q I = 2 A(given]
2
= 2470.44°C
= 3 Watts
39. Sol.
41. (a)
I
Given, R= 25 + – 6V +
2
3
or, I = (2R – 50) I
2A
Applying KVL in given loop, 2
300 V R 1A
we have, + –
2V
300 = IR
1A
or 300 = (2R – 50) × R
we get, R = 30 or –5 – +

Since resistance can’t be negative. Therefore, 5V

R = 30 Power = 5 × 1 = 5 Watt
Hence, I = (2R – 50)
42. Sol.
= (2 × 30 – 50) A = 10 A
current, I = 10 A 2 A 5
+ –
Vo
40. Sol.
10
1V 4V 5A

kVo

1 VI 1
V1 V2
V02
= 12.5
2
1V 2A 1
V02 = 12.5 × 2
V0 = 5
5
I0 = = 2.5 A
2
40 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

KCL at A : 46. Sol.

–2.5 – k(5) + 5 = 0
E I1 1 A 1 I2 B
k(5) = 2.5
2.5 1
k= =
5 2
1V I2 1

43. Sol.
Redrawing the circuit, D C

Applying KCL at node A,

1 1 –I1 + I2 + I2 = 0
2I2 = I1 ...(i)
2
and applying KVL in loop ABCD,
1 – I1 – I2 – I2 = 0
1 1
I1 + 2I2 = 1 ...(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii):
2I2 + 2I2 = 1
5V
4I2 = 1
Bridge is balance, so current flowing through
1
2 resistor is 0 A. I2 = A
4
44. (d) 1 1
and I1 = 2 × = A
If the equivalent resistance of first figure is RA 4 2
then from the second figure, we can see that
47. Sol.
RB = RA 1 .
A I1 5
RA
RB =
RA + 1 5 5
5 5A
45. Sol.
–
+ 10I1 10 V
4 6

Applying KCL at node A, we get,

VA VA 10 VA + 10 I 1
+ + =5
5 5 10 5
So, 2VA + VA – 10 + 2VA + 20I1 = 5
I 4 6
5VA + 20I1 = 60
VA 10
Since, I1 =
10
2I 5 So, 5VA + 2VA – 20 = 60
7VA = 80
and (2I)2 × 5 = 10
10 2.5 80
= = 0.5 VA =
I2 = 7
5× 4 5
So, I2 × 4 = 0.5 × 4 = 2 cal/sec. = 11.42 Volt
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 41

48. (d) Z1
A C
2
+
5A Z2 Zeq

10 V 5A Vo
B D
– Zeq

So, Vout = (5 × 2) + 10 = 20 V Z 1 = j9
Z 2 = j5 – j1 = j4
49. Sol.
Z2 Zeq
Consider the following circuit diagram, Zeq = Z1 +
Z2 + Zeq
1 2
A By solving above equation,
Zeq = j12
3 6 3 6 1
52. Sol.
B
I 2 Vx 3
0.8
After rearrangement we get,
A
20 V 2A + 5I
1 –

2 3

0.8
B
Applying nodal at node x,
6 Vx 5I
Now, R AB = 1 + + 0.8 = 3 I 2+ =0
5 3
–3I – 6 + Vx – 5I = 0
50. Sol.
8I = Vx – 6 ...(i)
Using KCL at node, we get,
20 Vx
I + 0.4I = 14 As, I=
2
or, I = 10 A
Vx = 20 – 2I ...(ii)
Now, power supplied,
Substituting (ii) in (i),
P = 25 × 10
8I = 20 – 2I – 6
= 250 W
10I = 14
51. (a) I = 1.4 A
Z1 C Z2 53. Sol.
A
I = 1 10° + 1 70°
Z2 Z2 I = 1.732 40°
The ready of ammeter is 1.732 A.
B
D
Zeq Zeq
 2 Sinusoidal Steady State

ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Q.4 In a series RLC high Q circuit, the current peaks
at a frequency
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)
(a) equal to the resonant frequency.
Q.1 The value of current through the 1 Farad (b) greater than the resonant frequency.
capacitor of figure is
(c) less than the resonant frequency.
0.5 F (d) none of the above is true.
1 1 2 [EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
1F
2 sin100t Q.5 For the series RLC circuit of Fig. (1), the partial
1 1 1H phasor diagram at a certain frequency is a
0.5 F
shown in Fig. (2). The operating frequency of
the circuit is
(a) zero (b) once
(c) two (d) three VR VL
+ – + –
[EC-1987 : 2 Marks] +
+
Q.2 The half power bandwidth of the resonant V VC
–
circuit of figure can be increased by
–
Fig. (1)

R1 VR

C R2 V

(a) increasing R1 (b) decreasing R1

VC
(c) increasing R2 (b) decreasing R2
Fig. (2)
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
(a) equal to the resonance frequency
Q.3 The resonant frequency of the series circuit
(b) less than the resonance frequency
shown in figure is
(c) greater than the resonance frequency
M=1H
(d) not zero
[EC-1992 : 2 Marks]

2H 2H 2F Q.6 In the series circuit shown in figure, for series

resonance, the value of the coupling coefficient
1 1
(a) Hz (b) Hz ‘k’ will be
4 3 4
k
1 1
(c) Hz (d) Hz 18
2 10 4 2
–j12 j2 j8
[EC-1990 : 2 Marks]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 43

(a) 0.25 (b) 0.5 Q.11 The current i(t) , through a 10 resistor in series
(c) 0.999 (d) 1.0 with an inductance, is given by
[EC-1993 : 2 Mark] i(t) = 3 + 4 sin(100t + 45°
+ 4 sin(300t + 60°) Amperes
Q.7 In figure, A1, A2 and A3 are ideal ammeters. If A1
The rms value of the current and the power
reads 5 A, A2 reads 12 A, then A3 should read
dissipated in the circuit are:
R (a) 41 A, 410 W respectively
A1

A3 (b) 35 A, 350 W respectively

C
A2 (c) 5 A, 250 W respectively
(d) 11 A, 1210 W respectively
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
100 sin t
Q.12 A series RLC circuit has a Q of 100 and an
(a) 7 A (b) 12 A impedance of (100 + j0) at its resonant
7
angular frequency of 10 radians/sec. The
(c) 13 A (d) 17 A
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks] values of R and L are:
R = _______ , L = ________ Henries.
Q.8 A series LCR circuit consisting of R = 10 ,
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
XL = 20 and XC = 20 is connected
Q.13 The rms value of a rectangular wave of period
across an a.c. supply of 200 V rms. The rms T, having a value of +V for a duration, T1 (<T)
voltage across the capacitor is and –V for the duration, T – T1 = T2, equals
(a) 200 –90° V (b) 200 +90° V T1 T2
(c) 400 +90° V (d) 400 –90° V (a) V (b) V
T
[EC-1994 : 1 Mark] T1
V
(c) (d) V
Q.9 A DC voltage source is connected across a series 2 T2
RLC circuit. Under steady-state conditions, the [EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
applied DC voltage drops entirely across the
Q.14 In figure A1, A2 and A3 are ideal ammeters. If A2
(a) R only
and A3 read 3 A and 4 A respectively, the A1
(b) L only
should read
(c) C only
L
(d) R and L combination A2
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
A1
R
Q.10 Consider a DC voltage source connected to a A3
series R-C circuit. When the steady-state reaches,
the ratio of the energy stored in the capacitor to
the total energy supplied by the voltage source,
Sinusoidal
is equal to
voltage source
(a) 0.362 (b) 0.500
(a) 1 A (b) 5 A
(c) 0.632 (d) 1.000
(c) 7 A (d) None of the above
[EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
[EC-1996 : 1 Mark]
 44 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.15 In the circuit of figure, assume that the diodes

are ideal and the meter is an average indicating
ammeter. The ammeter will read =0 E = Em 0°
Em
2 R2
A (b)
+ D1
D2 Em
4 sin( t) 2 R2 I2
10 k
Volts
10 k =
–

(a) 0.4 2 mA (b) 0.4 mA I2

0.8 0.4
(c) mA (d) mA (c) =0 =

[EC-1996 : 1 Mark] Em Em Em
E = Em 0°

2 R2 2 R2 2 R2
Q.16 The parallel RLC circuit shown in figure is in
resonance. In this circuit,

IR IL IC E = Em 0°
Em =0
1 mA R L C 2 R2
(rms)
Em
(d) 2 R2
(a) I R < 1 mA (b) I R + I L > 1 mA
Em
(c) I R + IC < 1 mA (d) I L + IC > 1 mA 2 R2 I2
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
=
Q.17 When the angular frequency in the figure is
varied from 0 to , the locus of the current phasor
I2 is given by [EC-2001 : 2 Marks]

i (t ) Q.18 A series RLC circuit has a resonance frequency

i1(t ) i2(t )
of 1 kHz and a quality factor Q = 100. If each of
R, L and C is doubled from its original value,
Em cos t R2 the new Q of the circuit is
R1
(a) 25 (b) 50
C
(c) 100 (d) 200
[EC-2003 : 1 Mark]

=0
I2
Q.19 An input voltage v(t ) = 10 5 cos(t + 10°)

(a) =
+ 10 5 cos(2t + 10°) V is applied to a series
combination of resistance R = 1 and an
E = Em 0° inductance L = 1 H. The resulting steady-state
Em Em
2 R2 2 R2 current i(t) in ampere is
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 45

(a) 10 cos(t + 55°) + 10 cos(2t + 10° + tan–1 2) The quality factor (Q-factor) of this circuit is
3 (a) 25 (b) 50
(b) 10 cos(t + 55°) + 10 cos(2t + 55)
2 (c) 10 (d) 5000
(c) 10 cos(t – 35°) + 10 cos(2t + 10° – tan–1 2) [EC-2004 : 2 Marks]

3 Q.23 Consider the following statements S1 and S2:

(d) 10 cos(t 35°) + 10 cos(2t 35°)
2 S1 : At the resonant frequency the impedance
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks] of a series R-L-C circuit is zero.
S2 : In a parallel G-L-C circuit, increasing the
1 conductance G results in increase in its
Q.20 The circuit shown in the figure, with R = ,
3 Q-factor.
Which one of the following is correct?
1
L= H, C = 3 F has input voltage V(t) = sin2t. (a) S1 is false and S2 is true.
4
(b) Both S1 and S2 are true.
The resulting current i(t) is
(c) S1 is true and S2 is false.
i (t )
(d) Both S1 and S2 are false.
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks]
v(t ) R L C
Q.24 The condition on R, L and C such that the step
response y(t) in the figure has no oscillations, is

(a) 5 sin(2t + 53.1°) (b) 5 sin(2t – 53.1°) L R

(c) 25 sin(2t + 53.1°) (d) 25 sin(2t – 53.1°)

[EC-2004 : 1 Mark] +
u(t ) C y(t )
Q.21 For the circuit shown in the figure, the time –
constant RC = 1 ms. The input voltage is

vi (t ) = 2 sin 10 3 t. The output voltage vo(t) is

euqal to 1 L L
(a) R (b) R
2 C C
R

L 1
(c) R 2 (d) R =
C LC
vi(t ) C v o (t )
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark]

Q.25 In a series RLC circuit, R = 2 k , L = 1 H and

(a) sin(103t – 45°) (b) sin(103t + 45°)
1
(c) sin(103t – 53°) (d) sin(103t + 53°) C= µF.
400
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark]
The resonant frequency is
V (s) 1
Q.22 The transfer function H (s ) = o of an RLC (a) 2 × 104 Hz (b) × 10 4 Hz
Vi (s )
circuit is given by (c) 104 Hz (d) 2 × 104 Hz
10 6 [EC-2005 : 1 Mark]
H (s) = 2
s + 20s + 106
 46 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.26 For the circuit shown in the figure, the (b) The bandwidth of the circuit remains same
instantaneous current i1(t) is, if L is increased.
j2 –j2 (c) At resonance, input impedance is a real
quantity.
+ (d) At resonance, the magnitude of input
5 0° A 3
impedance attains its minimum value.
i1 10 60° A
– [EC-2010 : 1 Mark]

Q.30 The current ‘I’ in the circuit shown is

20 mH
10 3 10 3
(a) 90° A (b) 90° A
2 2
(c) 5 60° A (d) 5 –60° A
20 0° V I 1 50 µF
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks] 3
= 10 rad/s

Q.27 In the AC network shown in the figure, the

phasor voltage VAB (in Volts) is (a) –j1 A (b) j1 A
A (c) 0 A (d) 20 A
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks]
5 5 Q.31 The circuit shown below is driven by a
5 30° A sinusoidal input vi = Vp cos(t/RC). The steady
output vo is,
–j3 j3
R C

B +
+
(a) 0 (b) 5 30°
vi R C vo
(c) 12.5 30° (d) 17 30° –
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks] –

Q.28 An AC source of rms voltage 20 V with internal

Vp t
impedance Zs = (1 + 2j) feeds a load of (a) cos
3 RC
impedance ZL = (7 + 4j) in the figure below.
The reactive power consumed by the load is Vp t
(b) sin
3 RC
Zs = (1 + 2j)
ZL = (7 + 4j)

Vp t
20 0° V (c) cos
2 RC

Vp t
(a) 8 VAR (b) 16 VAR (d) sin
2 RC
(c) 28 VAR (d) 32 VAR
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
Q.32 Two magnetically uncoupled inductive coils
Q.29 For a parallel RLC circuit, which one of the have Q factors q1 and q2 at the chosen operating
following statements is not correct? frequency. Their respective resistance are R1 and
(a) The bandwidth of the circuit decreases if R R2. When connected in series, their effective Q
is increased. factor at the same operating frequency is
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 47

1 1 i(t)
(a) q1 + q2 (b) +
q1 q2

(q1 R1 + q2 R2 ) (q1 R2 + q2 R1 ) (b)

(c) (d)
( R1 + R2 ) ( R1 + R2 )
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks] t

Q.33 A 230 V rms source supplies power to two loads i(t)

connected in parallel. The first load draws
10 kW at 0.8 leading power factor and the
second one draws 10 kVA at 0.8 lagging power (c)
factor. The complex power delivered by the
source is
t
(a) (18 + j1.5) kVA (b) (18 – j1.5) kVA
(c) (20 + j1.5) kVA (d) (20 – j1.5) kVA i(t)

[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]

Q.34 A periodic variable x is shown in the figure as a (d)

function of time. The root-mean-square (rms)
value of x is ______ .
t
x
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
1 Q.36 The steady-state output of the circuit shown in
the figure is given by
y(t) = A( ) sin( t + ( ))
t If the amplitude A( ) = 0.25, then the
0
T/2 T/2
frequency is
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
R
Q.35 A series RC circuit is connected to DC voltage
source at time t = 0. The relation between the C y (t )
source voltage V s , the resistance R, the sin( t) C
capacitance C, and the current i(t) is given below,
C
t
1
Vs = Ri (t ) + i(t ) dt
C
0 1 2
(a) (b)
Which one of the following represents the 3RC 3RC
current i(t)? 1 2
(c) (d)
i(t) RC RC
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]

Q.37 In the circuit shown, at resonance, the amplitude

(a) of the sinusoidal voltage (in Volts) across the
capacitor is ________ .
t
 48 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

4 0.1 mH 1
(a)
2 LC

1 C
10 cos t (V ) 1 µF (b) 1 R2
2 LC L

1 L
(c) 1
2 LC R 2C
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
1 C
Q.38 The damping ratio of a series RLC circuit can be (d) 1 R2
2 LC L
expressed as
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
2 2L
R C
(a) (b) Q.42 At very high frequencies, the peak output
2L R 2C
voltage Vo (in Volts) is _______ .
R C 2 L 100 µF
(c) (d)
2 L R C
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
1k 1k Vo
Q.39 In the circuit shown, the average value of the 100 µF
1.0 sin( t) V
voltage Vab (in Volts) in steady-state condition
is ______ . 1k 1k

1k 1 µF 1 mH 2k
b a
100 µF
–
Vab +
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
5 sin(5000t) 5V
Q.43 In the circuit shown, the current/flowing
through the 50 resistor will be zero if the value
of capacitor C (in µF) is _______ .
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
50 I 1 mH 1 mH
Q.40 The voltage (Vc) across the capacitor (in Volts)
in the network shown in ______ .

80 V 40 V Vc 1 mH
5 sin(5000t) C

[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]

100 V, 50 Hz Q.44 The figure shows at RLC circuit with a

sinusoidal current source.
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
IR IL IC
Q.41 An LC tank circuit consists of an ideal capacitor
C connected in parallel with a coil of inductance Im sin t R 10 L 10 mH C 10 µF
L having an internal resistance R. The resonant
frequency of the tank circuit is
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 49

IL V1
At resonance, the ratio , i.e., the ratio of the
IR 4 1H

magnitude of the inductor current phasor and

the resistor current phasor, is _____ . 5
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark] 100 cos3t V2

Q.45 In the RLC circuit shown in the figure, the input 1/36 F

voltage is given by
Vi(t) = 2 cos(200t) + 4 sin(500t) [EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
The output voltage Vo(t) is
Q.48 In the circuit shown, V is a sinusoidal voltage
0.25 H 100 µF source. The current I is in phase with voltage V.
amplitude of voltage across the capacitor
+ + The ratio
amplitude of voltage across the resistor
2
0.4 mH 10 µF is ______ .
Vi(t) Vo(t )
5 5H I

2
– –
V 5F
(a) cos(200t) + 2 sin(500t)
(b) 2 cos(200t) + 4 sin(500t)
(c) sin(200t) + 2 cos(500t) [EC-2017 : 1 Mark]
(d) 2 sin(200t) + 4 cos(500t)
Q.49 For the circuit given in the figure, the voltage VC
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
(in Volts) across the capacitor is
Q.46 In the circuit shown, the positive angular 100 k
frequency (in radians/second) at which the
magnitude of the phase difference between the +
+
voltages V1 and V2 equals /4 radians, is ____ . 5 sin(5t) V 1 µF VC
– –
V2

1 1 mH
100 k

(a) 1.25 2 sin(5t 0.25 )

100 cos t 1 V1
(b) 1.25 2 sin(5t 0.125 )

(c) 2.5 2 sin(5t 0.25 )

[EC-2017 : 1 Mark] (d) 2.5 2 sin(5t 0.125 )
Q.47 The figure shows an RLC circuit excited by the [EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
sinusoidal voltage 100 cos(3t) Volts, where ‘t’ is
Q.50 In the circuit shown, if v(t) = 2 sin(1000t) Volts.
amplitude of V2 R = 1 k and C = 1 µF, then the steady-state
in seconds. The ratio is ___ .
amplitude of V1 current i(t), (in mA), is
 50 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

R1
i (t )

+ Z(j )
C R2 C
v (t ) R R
–

C C

R Im(Z) k

(a) 3 sin(1000t) + cos(1000t)

1.5
(b) sin(1000t) + cos(1000t)
=0
(c) sin(1000t) + 3 cos(1000t)
(d) 2 sin(1000t) + 2 cos(1000t) 0 1 2 3 4 5 Re (Z) k
[EC-2019 : 2 Marks]
(a) R1 = 2 k , R2 = 3 k
Q.51 The current in the RL circuit shown below is (b) R1 = 5 k , R2 = 2 k
i(t) = 10 cos(5t – /4) A. The value of the inductor
(c) R1 = 5 k , R2 = 2.5 k
(Rounded off to two decimal places) is ____ H.
(d) R1 = 2 k , R2 = 5 k
R i(t) [EC-2022]

+
Q.54 Consider the circuit shown in the figure with
input V(t) in volts. The sinusoidal steady-state
200 cos(5t) V L
– current I(t) flowing through the circuit is shown
graphically (where ‘t’ is in seconds). The circuit
element ‘Z’ can be _______ .
[EC-2020 : 1 Mark] I(t) 1

Q.52 The current ‘I’ in the given network is

V(t) = sin(t) Z

120 –90° V Z
Z = (80 – j35)

I
t = /4
1
A
120 –30° V Z 2
I(t)
0A t
1
A
2
(a) 2.38 –23.63° A (b) 0 A
(c) 2.38 –96.37° A (d) 2.38 143.63° A (a) a capacitor of 1 F
[EC-2020 : 2 Marks] (b) an inductor of 1 H
(c) a capacitor of 3F
Q.53 For the circuit shown, the locus of the
impedance Z(j ) is plotted as increases from (d) an inductor of 3F
zero to infinity. The values of R1 and R2 are: [EC-2022]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 51

ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G (a) 10 cos( t + 36.87°) mA

(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) (b) 14 cos( t + 36.87°) mA

(c) –14 cos( t + 36.87°) mA
Q.1 In the given circuit, the voltage VL has a phase
(d) –10 cos( t + 36.87°) mA
angle of ______ with respect to Vs .
[EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
17.32 j10
+ V – Q.6 In figure, the admittance values of the elements
L
in Siemens are YR = 0.5 + j0, YL = 0 – j1.5,
YC = 0 + j0.3 respectively. The value of ‘I’ as a
phasor when the voltage E across the elements
Vs is 10 0° V is

[EE-1994 : 2 Marks]

Q.2 In the circuit shown in figure, ammeter A2 reads

I YR YL YC E = 10 0° V
12 A and A3 reads 9 A. A1 will read ______ A.

A1

(a) 1.5 + j0.5 (b) 5 – j18

(c) 0.5 + j1.8 (d) 5 – j12
A2 A3 [EE-2004 : 2 Marks]

Q.7 The rms value of the voltage u(t) = 3 + 4 cos(3t) is

[EE-1995 : 1 Mark]
(a) 17 V (b) 5 V
Q.3 Energy stored in capacitor over a cycle, when
excited by an ac source is (c) 7 V (d) (3 + 2 2 ) V
(a) the same as that due to a dc source of [EE-2005 : 1 Mark]
equivalent magnitude.
Q.8 The RL circuit of the figure is fed from a constant
(b) half of the due to a dc source of equivalent
magnitude, variable frequency sinusoidal
magnitude.
voltage source VIN. At 100 Hz, the R and L
(c) zero.
elements each have a voltage drop urms. If the
(d) none of the above frequency of the source is changed to 50 Hz,
[EE-1997 : 1 Mark] then new voltage drop across R is
Q.4 The rms value of half wave rectified R
symmetrical square wave current of 2 A is
(a) 2A (b) 1 A
VIN L
1
(c) (d) 3A
2A
[EE-1997 : 1 Mark] 5 2
(a) urms (b) urms
Q.5 Current I1, I2 and I3 meet at a junction (node) in 8 3
a circuit. All currents are marked as entering 8 3
(c) urms (d) urms
the node. If I 1 = –6 sin( t) mA and 5 2
I2 = 8 cos( t) mA, then I3 will be [EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
 52 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.9 An energy meter connected to an immersion Q.12 The power dissipated in the resistor R is
heater (resistive) operating on an AC 230 V, (a) 0.5 W (b) 1 W
50 Hz, AC single phase source reads 2.3 units
(kWh) in 1 hour. The heater is removed from the (c) 2W (d) 2 W
supply and now connected to a 400 V peak to
[EE-2011 : 2 Marks]
peak square wave source of 150 Hz. The power
in kW dissipated by the heater will be Q.13 The current IC in the figure above is
(a) 3.478 (b) 1.739 1
(a) –j2 A (b) j A
(c) 1.540 (d) 0.870 2
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks] 1
(c) + j A (d) +j2 A
Q.10 The rms value of the current i(t) in the circuit 2
shown below is [EE-2011 : 2 Marks]

1F 1H Q.14 The average power delivered to an impedance

(4 – j3) by a current 5 cos(100 t + 100) A is
1 (a) 44.2 W (b) 50 W
i(t)
(c) 62.5 W (d) 125 W
+ –
1
(1.0 sint) V [EE-2012 : 1 Mark]

1 1 Statement for Linked Answer Questions (15 and 16):

(a) A (b) A
2 2 In the circuit shown, the three voltmeter reading are:
(c) 1 A (d) 2A V1 = 220 V, V2 = 122 V, V3 = 136 V.
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark] R I
Q.11 The voltage applied to a circuit is
V2
100 2 cos(100 t ) Volts and the circuit draws a RL
V1 V3 Load
current of 10 2 sin(100 t + /4) amperes.
X
Taking the voltage as the reference phasor, the
phasor representation of the current in amperes
is
Q.15 The power factor of the load is
(a) 10 2 (b) 10
4 4 (a) 0.45 (b) 0.50
(c) 10 + (d) 10 2 + (c) 0.55 (d) 0.60
4 4
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark]
Q.16 If RL = 5 , the approximate power consumption
Common Data for Questions (12 and 13):
in the load is
An RLC circuit with relevant data is given below.
(a) 700 W (b) 750 W
Is
IRL IC (c) 800 W (d) 850 W
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
R
Vs C Vs = 1 0 V
Q.17 The total power dissipated in the circuit, shown
Is = 2 /4 A
L in the figure, is 1 kW.
I RL = 2 /4 A
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 53

Q.21 In the figure, the voltages are v1(t) = 100 cos( t),
10 A 2A 1 XC1 XL R

v2 (t ) = 100 cos t+ and v3 (t ) = 100 cos t+ .

18 36
Load
AC XC2 V 200 V The circuit is in sinusoidal steady-state, and
source
R << L. P1, P2 and P3 are the average power
outputs. Which one of the following statements
is true?
The voltmeter, across the load, reads 200 V. The
value of XL is ______ . R L L R

[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
P1 P2 P3
Q.18 The voltage (V) and current (I) across a load are
as follows:
+ + +
V(t) = 100 sin( t)
V1(t) V2(t) V3(t)
i(t) = 10 sin( t – 60°) + 2 sin(3 t) + 5 sin(5 t)
– – –
The average power consumed by the load,
(in Watt), is _______ .
(a) P1 = P2 = P3 = 0
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
(b) P1 < 0, P2 > 0, P3 > 0
Q.19 A resistance and a coil are connected in series (c) P1 < 0, P2 > 0, P3 < 0
and supplied from a single phase, 100 V, 50 Hz
(d) P1 > 0, P2 < 0, P3 > 0 [EE-2018 : 1 Mark]
ac source as shown in the figure below. The rms
values of plausible voltages across the Q.22 The voltage across the circuit in the figure and
resistance (V R) and coil (VC) respectively, the current through it, are given by the following
(in Volts) are expressions:
v(t) = 5 – 10 cos( t + 60°) V
VR
i(t) = 5 + X cos( t) A
VS VC where, = 100 radians/s. If the average power
delivered to the circuit is zero, then the value of
X(in Amperes) is _____ (upto 2 decimal places).

(a) 65, 35 (b) 50, 50 i(t)

(c) 60, 90 (d) 60, 80 +

[EE-2016 : 1 Mark]
Electrical
V(t )
Q.20 In the circuit shown below, the supply voltage circuit
is 10 sin(1000t) Volts. The peak value of the
steady-state current through the 1 resistor, in –
amperes, is ______ .
4 [EE-2018 : 2 Mark]
2 µF
Q.23 A 0.1 µF capacitor charged to 100 V is
250 µF 1 500 mH
discharged through a 1 k resistor. The time in
rms (round off of 2 decimal) required for the
5
voltage across the capacitor to drop to 1 V is
4 mH
________.
[EE-2019 : 2 Marks]
10 sin(1000t )
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
54 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Electronics & Electrical Engineering

GATE Previous Years Solved Paper

A n swe rs & Expl a n a t i o n s

Answers
EC Sinusoidal Steady State

1. (a) 2. (a, d) 3. (b) 4. (a) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (d)

9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (1) 13. (a) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (b)

17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (a) 21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (c)

25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (a) 31. (a) 32. (c)

33. (b) 34. (0.408) 35. (a) 36. (b) 37. (17.68) 38. (c) 39. (5) 40. (100)

41. (b) 42. (0.5) 43. (20) 44. (0.316) 45. (b) 46. (1) 47. (2.6) 48. (0.2)

49. (c) 50. (a) 51. (2.828) 52. (d) 53. (a) 54. (b)

Solutions
EC Sinusoidal Steady State

1. (a) 1 1
B.W. ; B.W.
The given circuit is a bridge, Q selectivity
If, R1 0
2
1 1+ and R2
s
then the circuit will have only L and C elements
2 sin100t 2+s and has high selectivity.
1F
2
So, the half power bandwidth can be increased
1 1+
s by reducing the selectivity.
So, by increasing the series resistance R1 and
Product of opposite arms are equal,
decreasing the parallel resistance R2, the half
2 2 power bandwidth can be increased.
1 1+ = 1 1+
s s
So, the current through the diagonal element 3. (b)
(1 F capacitor) is zero. Leq = L1 + L2 – 2 M
Leq = 2 + 2 – 2(1) = 2 H
2. (a, d)
At resonance,
Selectivity Q XL = XC
fr 1 1
Q= ; Q
B.W. B.W. Leq =
C
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 55

2
1 XL = j 2 + j 8 + 2 k j 2 j 8 = j 12
=
LeqC
2 k j4 = j2
1 1 k = 0.25
= = rad/sec.
2×2 2
7. (c)
1
2 f=
2 A32 = A12 + A22
1
f= Hz A32 = (5)2 + (12)2
4

4. (a) A32 = 169

At resonance frequency, A3 = 13 Ampere

Zmin = R 8. (d)
V Q XL = XC
Imax =
Zmin So, the circuit is at resonance,

5. (b) V 200
I= = = 20 Ampere
R 10
Given network is the series R-L-C circuit in
Voltage across the capacitor,
resistor R, voltage VR and current IR is in phase
Vc = I(–jXc) = 20(–j20) = –j400
and in series circuit current is same in all the
Vc = 400 –90° V
elements,
I = IR 9. (c)
So, the current is leading the voltage in the For DC supply:
circuit. Inductor behave as short-circuit capacitor
So, the given circuit will behave as capacitive behave as open-circuit.
circuit, So, under steady-state conditions, the applied
VC > VL dc voltage drops entirely across the capacitor
IXC > IXL (C) only.
XC > XL
1 10. (b)
> L
C
Ws = CVs2
1
2 < 1
LC Wc = CVs2
2
2 < 2
r Wc
= 0.5
< r Ws

6. (a) 11. (c)

At resonance,
2 2
XL – XC = 0 4 4
Irms = 32 + + =5A
XL = XC 2 2
Power is dissipated only in the 10 resistor,
XL = j12
2 2
XL = j12 P = Irms R = (5) × 10
= 250 W
XL = XL1 + XL2 + 2 k XL1 XL2
56 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

12. Sol. 17. (a)

Z = R + j(XL – XC) Em cos t j C
= 100 + j0 i2(t) = = Em 0
1 1 + j CR2
R2 +
Compare the real part, j C
R = 100
Em 0 C 90°
L i2(t) =
2 2 2 1
Q= 1+ C R tan CR2
R
QR 100 × 100 Em C
L= = = 1 mH i2(t) = 90° tan 1 CR
7 2 2 2
10 1+ C R

13. (a) E
At = 0, i2(t) = 0, = , i2 ( t ) = m
R2
x(t )
Option (a) satisfies both conditions.
T1
+V
18. (b)
t
T1 T1 + T2 f0
Q=
–V B.W.
T2
1
Rms value of x(t) f0 =
2 LC
T T1 T1 + T2 R
1 2 1 B.W. =
= x (t ) dt = (V )2 dt + ( V )2 dt
T T1 + T2 L
0 0 T1

2 Rs 1
1 (Characteristic equation = s + + )
= [V 2T1 + V 2T2 ] = V 2 = V L LC
T1 + T2
1 L
or, Q=
14. (b) R C
when R, L, C are doubled,
A12 = A22 + A32 = 32 + 4 2
1
Q = Q = 50
A1 = 5 Ampere 2

15. (d) 19. (c)

Diode D1 will conduct for the positive half cycle v(t ) 10 2 cos(t + 10°) 10 5 cos(2t + 10°)
of the input. i(t ) = = +
R+ j L 1 + 1j 1+2j
The ammeter will read the average value,
Vm 1 4 1 10 2 cos(t + 10°) 10 5 cos(2t + 10°)
× = × i(t ) = +
Iavg. = 2 45° 5 tan 1 2
R 10 × 10 3
0.4 i(t) = 10 cos(t – 35°) + 10 cos(2t + 10 – tan–1 2)
Iavg. = mA
20. (a)
16. (b) i(t) = V(t) Y
At resonance, 1 1
I = IR = 1 mA Y = V (t ) + +j C
R1 j L
I R + IL = I R2 + I L2 = 12 + IL2 > 1 mA
4
I R + IL > 1 mA = sin 2t 3 + + j×2×3
2j
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 57

= sin 2t[3 – 2j + 6j] = sin 2t[3 + 4j] R

2 =
1 4 n L
= 5 sin 2t tan = 5 sin (2t + 53.1°)
3 1
n =
21. (a) LC

1 R R C
= LC =
j C 1 2L 2 L
vo(t) = vi (t ) = 2 sin 10 3 t
1 1 + j CR For no oscillations, 1
R+
j C
R C L
1 3 1; R 2
= 2 sin 10 t 2 L C
1 + j × 10 3 × 10 3
vo(t) = sin(103t – 45°) 25. (b)

22. (b) 1 1
f0 = =
2 LC 1 6
Characteristic equation = s2 + 20s + 106 2 1× × 10
400
Q=
o
, o = 10 6
B.W. 103 × 20 10 4
= = Hz
2
103 1000
Q= = = 50
20 20 26. (a)

23. (d) When 5 0° is acting along,

i1(t) = –5 0°
S1 : Impedance of series RLC circuit at resonant
(as 10 60° is kept open)
frequency is minimum,
When 10 60° is acting along,
1 i1(t) = 10 60°
Z = R+ j L
C
(as 5 0° is kept open)
1 i1(t) = 10 60° – 5 0°
L =0
C = 5 + 8.66j – 5
Z = R (Purely resistive) i1(t) = 8.66j
C i1(t) = 5 3 90°
S2 : Q= R
L 10
= 3 90°
1 1 C 2
G= Q=
R G L
27. (d)
G then Q if C and L are same.
VAB = Current × Impedance
24. (c)
= 5 30°× (5 3 j ) (5 + 3 j )
Transfer function
(5 3 j ) × (5 + 3 j )
1 = 5 30°×
1 5 3j + 5+ 3j
sC =
=
1 2
s LC + sCR + 1
R + sL + 25 + 9
sC = 5 30°×
10
1 = 5 30° × 3.4
Y (s) LC
= = 17 30°
U (s) 2 R 1
s + s+
L LC
58 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

28. (b) 1 20
VA + 1 + j 10 3 × 50 × 10 6
=
j 103 × 20 × 10 3
j 10 3 × 20 × 10 3
1 + 2j
j j
VA +1+ = –j1
20 20
20 0° V I 7 + 4j
VA = –j1 V
VA
I= = j1 A
1

20 10 31. (a)
I= = =2 36.87°
8+ 6j 4 + 3j Redrawing the circuit s-domain,
Reactive power,
Q = I2 XL = 4 × 4 = 16 VAR R+
1
sC
29. (d)
Characteristic equation for a parallel RLC +
circuit is 1
V(s ) I(s) R Vo(s )
sC
1 1 –
s2 + s+ =0
RC LC
1
where, Bandwidth =
RC
1
(i) It is clear that the bandwidth of a parallel R
1 sC I (s )
Vi(s) = R+ I (s) +
RLC circuit is independent of L and sC 1
R+
decreases if R is increased. sC
(ii) At resonance, imaginary part of input
1 + sCR R
impedance is zero. Hence, at resonance Vi(s) = I (s) + I (s) ...(i)
sC 1 + sCR
input impedance is a real quantity.
Q v i = Vp cos(t/RC)
(iii) In parallel RLC circuit, the admittance is
minimum at resonance. Hence magnitude 1
So here, =
RC
of input impedance attains its maximum
value at resonance. Now,
(1 + j CR) R
30. (a) Vi(s) = I(s) + I (s)
j C (1 + j CR )
j L VA 1
Put, =
RC

I
1 (1 + j ) R R
20 0° V 1
j C So, Vi(s) = + I (s)
3
= 10 rad/s j 1+ j

Vi (s) 3R
=
(L = 20 mH, C = 50 µH) I (s ) (1 + j )
Nodal analysis at node A, Vi (s )
I(s) = × (1 + j )
VA 20 VA VA 3R
+ + =0
j L 1 1
1
j C Now, Vo(s) = R I (s)
sC
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 59

1 Total power (kVA),

R P = V I2
sC I (s )
Vo(s) = 1 I2 = 43.47 –36.86 ...(iii)
R+
sC
Therefore, I = I1 + I 2 = 78.25 + j6.25 ...(iv)
R Vi (s )
Vo(s) = (1 + j ) So, the complex power delivered by source,
1 + sCR 3R
S = VI = 230(78.25 – j6.25)
R Vi (s)
Vo(s) = (1 + j ) or, S = (18 – j1.5) kVA
1 + j 3R
Vi (s ) 34. Sol.
Vo(s) =
3 x
In time domain,
1 1
Vo(t) = Vi (t )
3
Vp t
Vo(t) = cos
3 RC t
0
T/2 T/2
32. (c)
T
L1 L2 1 2
q1 = and q2 = Rms value = x (t ) dt
R1 R2 T
0
L1 = q1R1 and L2 = q2R2 where, T = time period
Coils are connected in series, For the given signal,
So, q R = L1 + L2 = q1R1 + q2R2
T /2 2 T
q R +q R 1 2
q= 1 1 2 2 Rms value = t dt + (0)2 dt
R T T
0 T /2
R = R1 + R2
T /2 T /2
q R +q R 1 4 1 4 t3
q= 1 1 2 2 = t 2 dt = × 2×
R1 + R2 T
0 T2 4 T 3
0

33. (b) 4 T3 1
= 3 24
= = 0.408
T 6
I1 10 kW, 0.8 lead
Z1
35. (a)
I2 10 kVA, 0.8 lag t
Z2 1
Given that, Vs = Ri (t ) + i(t ) dt ...(i)
C
0
I Using Laplace transform,
1
V(s) = RI (s ) + I (s) ...(ii)
Real power (kW), Cs
P = VI cos ...(i) V (s)
or, I(s) = ...(iii)
P1 = V × I1 cos 1
R+
Cs
10 × 10 3
Thus, I1 = = 54.34 36.86 ...(ii)
230 × 0.8 1
For, V(s) =
s
60 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

From equation (iii) and (iv), 1 1

XC = = = 10
C 1 C 10 5 × 1 × 10 6
I(s) = = ...(v)
( RCs + 1) 1 10 / 2 25
R s+
RC VC = IXC = 10 × = = 17.68 V
4 2
Using inverse Laplace transform in equation (v),
we get, 38. (c)
1 t / RC 1 1 L
e
i(t) = = ; Q=
R 2Q R C
Thus, option (a) is correct.
R C
Damping ratio = =
36. (b) 2 L
R VA 39. Sol.

y (t ) 1k 1 µF 1 mH 2k
C b a
–
sin( t) C V ab +

C 5 sin(5000t) 5V

Applying KCL at node A, we get

Applying superposition:
VA sin t VA V
= + + A =0 ...(i) Vab =5 V (open circuited in steady-state)
R 1 2
j C j C 1k 1 µF 1 mH 2k
–
V ab +
1 j C sin t = 1 0°
= VA + j C+ = 5V
R 2 R
2
= VA = ...(ii)
2 + 3 RC j
1k 1 µF 1 mH 2k
VA 1
Also, Y= = ...(iii) –
2 2 + 3 j RC V ab +

1 5 sin(5000t)
Q A( ) =
4
1 1
=
4 4+9 2
( RC )2
Vab will be sinusoid with average value zero.
2 Average, Vab = 5 V
or, =
3RC
40. Sol.
37. Sol. Vc
80 V 40 V
At resonance,
10 / 2
I=
4
1
= = 10 5 rad/sec
3 6
0.1 × 10 × 10
100 V, 50 Hz
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 61

(80)2 + (40 – VC)2 = 100 2 Vo = 1 sin t × 1 k

(40 – VC)2 = 1002 – 802 = 3600 = 0.5 sin t
40 VC = 60 Peak output = 0.5 V

VC = 100 V 43. Sol.

41. j5 j5
50

L
1
× ( j L + R) C 5 sin(5000t) j5 C
j C
Zeq = 1 R
× j L+R
j C

R L 1 Z Zeq
+ R j L
j C C C
Zeq = ×
1 1
R+ j L R j L 1
C C j5 × + j5
j C
Equating imaginary part to zero, Zeq = 1
j5 + j5 +
j C
R2 L 1
Img = L =0
C C C I = 0 if Z is
Z = Zeq + 50 + j5
R2 L 1
+ L =0 For Z to be ,
C C C
Zeq =
2 2 2
CR + LC L 1
2
=0 j5 + j5 + =0
C j C

1 R 2C 1
2 = 1 10 =
LC L 5000 × C
1
1 R 2C C= = 20 µF
f = 1 5 × 10 3 × 10
2 LC L
44. Sol.
42. Sol.
At resonance (for parallel RLC circuit),
Circuit contains balanced Wheatstone bridge. IR = I
Also at high frequencies capacitor can be IL = QI –90°
considered as short-circuits. IC = QI –90°
Redrawing the circuit, For parallel RLC circuit,
Vo
IL IQ C
= =Q= R
1k 1k IR I L

1.0 sin( t) 10 × 10 6
= 10 = 0.316
10 × 10 3
1k 1k
62 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

45. (b) 46. Sol.

0.25 H 100 µF V2

1 1 mH
+ +
100 cos t i (t ) 1 V1
2
0.4 mH 10 µF
Vi(t) Vo(t)

2 Let, i(t) = Im i and Z2 = 1 + j

– –
= 2
1+ 2
where, Vi(t) = 2 cos(200t) + 4 sin(500t)
= tan 1
As different frequencies are operating, using 2
1
superposition theorem, we get for V1 = i(t) ( 1 ) = Im i
= 200 rad/sec V2 = i(t) Z2
XL = L = (200) (0.25) = 50
= Im 1 + 2 2 + i
1 1
XC = =
C 200 × 100 × 10 6 From the given data,
= 50
( i+ 2) – ( i) =
Short-circuit
4
j50 –j50
2 =
4
+ +
1
2
tan =
1 4
Vi(t) Vo(t) = 1 rad/sec

47. Sol.
– – V1

Q Vo(t) = Vi(t) 4 1H

For, = 500 rad/sec.

5
i (t ) V2
XL = 0.4 × 500 = 200
1 1/36 H
XC = 6
= 200
10 × 10 × 500

Open-circuit
= 3 rad/sec,
Z 1 = (4 + j3)
+ + and Z 2 = (5 – j12)
j200 –j 200 V2 =
Vi(t) Vo(t)
i Z2 = i 52 + 12 2 = 13 i
2
– –
V1 = i Z1 = i 4 2 + 32 = 5 i

V2 13 i 13
Vo(t) = Vi(t) = = = 2.6
V1 5i 5
Therefore, Vo(t) = 2 cos(200t) + 4 sin(500t)
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 63

48. Sol. 1 1 1
Here, XC = = 3 6
= 3
5H
C 10 × 10 10
5 I
XC = 103
+ V –
R
R = 103 (Given)
+
V VC 5F v(t) = 2 sin 1000t V
– = 2 0° V
Redrawing the given network, we get,

Given that, V and I have same phase. So, the

circuit is resonance.
R R
At resonance, VC = QVR
Amplitude of VC 1 L –jXC
So, = Q=
Amplitude of VR R C
–jXC –jXC
1 5
= = 0.2
5 5
R
49. (c)
i(t)
1 1
= 6
= 200 k
C 5 × 10 v(t )
200 k
As the bridge is balanced, it can be redrawn as,
+ +
5 sin(5t) V –j200 k VC
– R R
–

5 0°
VC = × ( j 200) V
200 j 200
5 0°× 1 90° –jXC –jXC
=
2 45°
R
5
= 45° V = 2.5 2 sin 5t V
2 4

= 2.5 2 sin(5t 0.25 ) V

v(t)

50. (a)
2R
i (t )
2/3R
–2jXC
–2jXC
C
v (t ) R R R
i(t)

i(t)
C C v (t )

R v (t )
64 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Yeq = Y1 + Y2 Impedance, Z(0) = R1 + R2

3 1 With the help of graph at = 0,
= +
2R 2 jXC Z(0) = 5 k
3 1 R1 + R2 = 5 k
= × 10 3 + j × 10 3 At = rad/sec,
2 2
3 1 1
i(t) = v(t) × Yeq = 2 0° +j mA XC =
2 2 C
= (3 + j1) mA XC = 0
= 3 sin(1000t) + cos(1000t) mA R1

51. Sol.
V 200 0° XC = 0
Z= = = 20 45° R2
I 10 45°
Z = 10 2 + j 10 2 Z(0)

XL = 10 2
Impedance, Z( ) = R1 = 2 k
L = 10 2 R1 + R2 = 5 k
10 2 R2 = 3 k
L= = 2.828 H
5
54. (b)
52. (d) As the current i(t) is lagging, element Z is
inductor,
I1
V sin t
120 –90° V Z I= ; I=
Z0 Z0
Z = (80 – j35)

I Maximum value of current,

1
i(t) =
120 –30° V Z 2
Z0 = 2
I2
Z 0 = R + jXL = 1 + j L
I = –[I1 + I2]
1+ 2 2
L = 2
120 90° 120 30°
I= + 2L2
80 j 35 80 j 35 1+ = 2
Given, = 1 rad/sec.
I = 2.38 143.7°
2
L = 1
53. (a) L= 1H
At = 0 rad/sec,
1
XC = =
C
R1

Z(0) R2
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 65

Answers
EE Sinusoidal Steady State

1. (60) 2. (15) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (c)

9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (b) 12. (b) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (b)

17. (17.332) 18. (250) 19. (*) 20. (1) 21. (c) 22. (10) 23. (0.46)

Solutions
EE Sinusoidal Steady State

1. Sol. 5. (d)
j 10 I1 + I2 + I3 = 0
VL = Vs ×
17.32 + j 10 I3 = –I1 – I2
= –[–6 sin( t)] – 8 cos t
(Using voltage division rule)
= Vs × 0.5 60° Volts 6 8
= 10 sin t cos t
Hence, VL has phase angle of 60° with respect 10 10
to Vs. = –10[cos(36.87°) cos t
– sin(36.87°) sin t]
2. Sol. = –10 cos( t + 36.87°) mA
Q Currents in resistor and inductor well be in
6. (d)
quadrature for same voltage across them.
2 2
IA1 = IA 2
+ IA 8
= 12 2 + 92 = 15 A IR IL IC

E = 10 0° V
I
3. (c) YC
YR YL
When excited by an ac source, capacitor stores
the energy in one half cycle and delivers that
energy in another half cycle. Hence total energy IR = YRE = (0.5 + j0) × 10 0° = 5 A
stored in a capacitor over a complete cycle, when IY = YLE = (0.5 – j1.5) × 10 0°
excited by an ac source is zero. = –j15 A
IC = YCE = (0 + j0.3) × 10 0° = j3 A
4. (a)
I = IR + IY + IC
To find: Rms value of i(t) = 5 + (–j15) + j3 = 5 – j12 A
We have,
i (t ) 7. (a)
2A (rms)
Rms value of dc voltage = Vdc =3V

t (rms)
Rms value of ac voltage = Vac
T/2 T 3T/2 2T

T 4
1 2 = V
Irms = i (t ) dt 2
T
0 Rms value of the voltage

= 1 T 4
2
× 4× = 2 A 32 + = 9+8 =
T 2 = 17 V
2
66 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

8. (c) Rms value of the input voltage

At, f = 100 Hz = Vrms = 230 V
2
VR = VL Vrms
P1 =
As R and L are series connected, current through R
R and L is same. 230 2
230 × 103 = R = 23
So, IR = IXL = I L R
R = XL = L (ii) When heater connected to 400 V (peak to
Vin Vin Vin peak) square wave source of 150 Hz.
I= = =
R 2
+ XL2 2
R +R 2 2R
V
VR = urms = IR 200 V
Vin V
VR = × R = in
2R 2

Vin = 2 urms ...(i) –200 V

T/2
At, f = 50 Hz,
1 1
XL f T= = sec.
f 150
50 XL R
XL = X L × = =
100 2 2 Vrms value of the input voltage,

Vin 1/2
1 T
So, I = Vrms = V 2 dt
R 2 + ( XL ) T 0

{ }
1/2
1 T /2 T
Vin 2V = 200 2 dt + ( 200)2 dt
= = in T 0 T /2
R 2 5R
R2 + Vrms = 200 V
2
2
Vrms 200 2 3
P2 = = × 10 = 1.739 kW
2 Vin 2 R 23
VR = I R = R= Vin
5R 5
10. (b)
From equation (i),
Vs = 1 sint Vm sin t
2
VR = × ( 2 urms ) Vm = 1 V and = 1 rad/sec.
5
Impedance of the branch containing inductor
2 2 8 and capacitor,
= urms = urms
5 5 Z = j(XL – XC)

9. (b) 1
= j L
C
Assuming resistance of the heater = R
(i) When heater connected to 230 V, 50 Hz 1
= j 1× 1 =0
source, energy consumed by the heater = 1× 1
2.3 units of 2.3 kWh in 1 hour. So, this branch is short-circuit and the whole
current flow through it,
Power consumed by the heater
1.0 sin t
energy 2.3 kWh i(t) = = 1.0 sin t
= = 1
time period 1 hour
1
P1 = 2.3 kW Rms value of the current = A
2
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 67

11. (b) 1
= × 25 × 5 × cos(36.87°)
2
V(t) = 100 2 cos(100 t )
1 4
Voltage represented in phasor form, = × 25 × 5 × = 50 W
2 5
Vph = Vrms
Alternate method:
100 2
Vph = 0° P = Irms 2 R
2
2
5
i(t) = 10 2 sin 100 t + P= × 4 = 50
4 2

i(t) = 10 2 cos 100 t + 15. (a)

4 2
V3 V1
10 2
Iph = = 10 A
2 4 2 4

12. (b)
Power supplied by the source = Vs Is cos
V2
where, = angle between Vs and Is = I
4
Inductor and capacitor do not consume power. V12 = V22 + V32 + 2V2V3 cos
Therefore, power dissipated in (220)2 = (122)2 + (136)2 + 2 × 122 × 136 × cos
R = Power supplied by the source cos = 0.45
PR = Vs Is cos
16. (b)
= 1 × 2 × cos Given, RL = 5
4
1 RL
= 2× =1W cos =
2 Z
5
13. (d) Z =
= 11.11
0.45
Using KCL, Power consumed by load,
–Is + IRL + IC = 0
2
IC = Is – IRL V3
PL = RL
Z
= 2 2
4 4 2
136
= 2 90° = +j2 A = × 5 =749.1 750 W
11.11
14. (b)
17. Sol.
i = 5 cos(100 t + 100° A)
= 5 100° A 10 A 2A 1 XC1 10 A XL R 10 A
Z = (4 – j3)
= 5 –36.87° Load

v = iZ = 25 63.13° V AC XC2 V 200 V

source
The average power is,
1
P= Vm Im cos Given, total power dissipated in the circuit
2
= 1 kW = 1000 Watt
68 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

22 × 1 + 102 × R = 100 21. (c)

998
or, R= = 9.98 V2
100
Also, voltage drop across R,
VR = IR = 10 × 9.98 V3

= 99.8 Volt
Voltage drop across load, 10°
5°
V = 200 Volt = VR2 + VXL
2 V1

Voltage drop across inductor, 180°

V2 : = = 10°
18 18
VXL = V 2 VR2
180°
V3 : = = 5°
= (200) 2
(99.8) 2 36 36
V2 leads V1 and V3.
= 173.32 Volt
So, V2 is a source, V1 and V3 are absorbing.
VXL
Now, VXL = IXL or Hence, P2 > 0, P1, P3 < 0
I
173.32 22. Sol.
= = 17.332
10 Given that,
XL = 17.332 v(t) = 5 – 10 cos( t + 60°)
i(t) = 5 + X cos( t – 0°)
18. Sol.
Preq = 0
The average power consumed by the load =
1
P = V1I1 cos 1 0 = 5 × 5 + [( 10) ( X )cos(60°)]
2
100 10 1
= cos 60° = 250 W
2 2 –25 = [( 10) ( X ) cos(60°)]
2
X = 10
19. (*)
All answer are wrong, answer given by IISc is (c). 23. Sol.
vc(t) = Vo e–t/
20. Sol. +
Vo = 100 V 0.1 µF 100 V
If we observe the parallel LC combination we 1k
= RC –
get that at = 1000 rad/sec the parallel LC is at 3 –7
= (10 ) (10 )
resonance thus it is open-circuited. The circuit
= 10–4 sec
given in question can be redrawn as,
4
vc(t) = 100 e 10 t V
4 Let the time required by the voltage across the
1
capacitor to drop to 1 V is t1.
5 4
vc(t1) = 100 e 10 t1 , vc (t1 ) = 1 V
4
1 = 100 e 10 t1
10 sin(1000t) 4
e 10 t1 = 0.01
10 sin 1000t t1 = 0.46 msec
So, I= = sin 100t
10
So peak value is 1 Amp.
 3 Network Theorems

ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G Q.4 If the secondary winding of the ideal transformer
shown in the circuit of figure has 40 turns, the
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)
number of turns in the primary winding for
Q.1 If an impedance ZL is connected across voltage maximum power transfer to the 2 resistor
source V with source impedance Zs, then for will be
maximum power transfer the load impedance
Ideal
must be equal to 8 transformer
(a) source impedance Zs
(b) complex conjugate of Zs
Vg 40 turns 2
(c) real part of Zs
(d) imaginary part of Zs
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks]

Q.2 In the circuit of figure, the power dissipated in (a) 20 (b) 40

the resistor R is a 1 W when only source ‘1’ is (c) 80 (d) 160
present and ‘2’ is replaced by a short. The power [EC-1993 : 1 Mark]
dissipated in the same resistor R is 4 W when
Q.5 In the circuit of figure , when switch S1 is closed,
only source ‘2’ is present and ‘1’ is replaced by
the ideal ammeter M1 reads 5 A. What will the
a short. When both the sources ‘1’ and ‘2’ are
ideal voltmeter M2 read when S1 is kept open?
present, the power dissipated in R will be
(The value of E is not specified).
1 2
M2
Volts

Volts

V
Source R=1 Source
j t

j t

‘1’ ‘2’ 4 3
V1 e

V2 e

S1

(a) 1 W (b) 3 W 6 A M1

(c) 4 W (d) 5 W – +
E 10
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
8 5
Q.3 A load, ZL = RL + jXL is to be matched, using an
ideal transformer, to a generator of internal
impedance, Zs = Rs + jXs. The turns ratio of the 2 3
transformer required is
[EC-1993 : 2 Marks]
(a) ZL / Zs (b) RL / Rs
Q.6 A generator of internal impedance, ZG delivers
maximum power to a load impedance, ZL only
(c) RL / Zs (d) RL / Zs
if ZL = ______ .
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks] [EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
 70 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.7 The value of the resistance, R connected across (a) 2 (b) 4

the terminals, A and B (ref. figure), which will (c) 8 (d) 16
absorb the maximum power, is [EC-1999 : 2 Marks]

Q.11 Use the data of the Fig. (a). The current ‘i’ in the
3k 4k circuit of the Fig. (b).
R2
A B
R
R1 R3
6k 4k
+
10 V R4 2A

(a) 4.00 k (b) 4.11 k

(c) 8.00 k (d) 9.00 k Fig. (a)

[EC-1995 : 1 Mark] R2

Q.8 Superposition theorem is not applicable to

R1 R3
networks containing
(a) non-linear elements
i=? R4 20 V
(b) dependent voltage sources +
(c) dependent current sources
Fig. (b)
(d) transformers
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark] (a) –2 A (b) 2 A
(c) –4 A (d) +4 A
Q.9 The Thevenin equivalent voltage VTh appearing
[EC-2000 : 2 Marks]
between the terminals A and B of the network
shown in the figure is given by Q.12 In the figure, the value of the load resistor R
3 which maximizes the power delivered to it is
+ 10 1H

100 0° V j2 –j6 +j4 VTh

Em cos10t RL
–

(a) j16(3 – j4) (b) j16(3 + j4)

(c) 16(3 + j4) (d) 16(3 – j4) (a) 14.14 (b) 10
[EC-1999 : 2 Marks] (c) 200 (d) 28.28
[EC-2001 : 2 Marks]
Q.10 The value of R (in ) required for maximum
power transfer in the network shown in the Q.13 In the network of the figure, the maximum power
figure is is delivered to RL if its value is
5 4
I1

40
+ 0.5I1 20 RL
25 V 20 3A R
– +
50 V
–
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 71

40 Q.17 An independent voltage source in series with

(a) 16 (b) an impedance Zs = Rs + jXs delivers a maximum
3
average power to a load impedance ZL when
(c) 60 (d) 20
(a) ZL = Rs + jXs (b) ZL = Rs
[EC-2002 : 2 Marks]
(c) ZL = jXs (d) ZL = Rs – jXs
Q.14 A source of angular frequency 1 rad/sec has a [EC-2007 : 1 Mark]
source impedance consisting of 1 resistance
in series with 1 H inductance. The load that Q.18 For the circuit shown in the figure, the Thevenin
will obtain the maximum power transfer is voltage and resistance looking into X-Y are

(a) 1 resistance. 1
X
(b) 1 resistance in parallel with 1 H
i
inductance.
(c) 1 resistance in series with 1 F capacitor. 2i + 1 2A 2
–
(d) 1 resistance in parallel with 1 F capacitor.
[EC-2003 : 1 Mark]
Y
Q.15 The maximum power that can be transferred to
the load resistor RL from the voltage source in
4 2
the figure is (a) V, 2 (b) 4 V,
3 3
100 4 2
(c) V, (d) 4 V, 2
3 3
+ [EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
10 V RL
–
Q.19 The Thevenin equivalent impedance Z Th
between the nodes P and Q in the following
(a) 1 W (b) 10 W circuit is

(c) 0.25 W (d) 0.5 W 1H 1F

[EC-2005 : 1 Mark]

Q.16 For the circuit shown in the figure, Thevenin’s 1 P

voltage and Thevenin’s equivalent resistance

1A 1
at terminals a-b is
10 V Q
5

1A I1

a + 1
(a) 1 (b) 1 + s +
0.5I1 +
– 5 10 V s
b –

1 s2 + s + 1
(c) 2 + s + (d)
s s2 + 2s + 1
(a) 5 V and 2 (b) 7.5 V and 2.5 [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
(c) 4 V and 2 (d) 3 V and 2.5
Q.20 In the circuit shown, what value of R L
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
maximizes the power delivered to RL?
 72 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Vx Q.23 The impedance looking into nodes 1 and 2 in

4
–+ the given circuit is

ib
4 4
–
Vx + 1k 99ib

Vt 100 V RL
9k
1
100
2
8
(a) 2.4 (b)
3
(a) 50 (b) 100
(c) 4 (d) 6
(c) 5 k (d) 10.1 k
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
Q.21 In the circuit shown below, the Norton
equivalent current in amperes with respect to Q.24 Assuming both the voltage sources are in phase,
the terminals P and Q is the value of R for which maximum power is
transferred from circuit A to circuit B is,
j30
P
2 R

16 0° A 25 –j 50 + +
10 V –j 1 3V
– –
Q
15
Circuit A Circuit B
(a) 6.4 – j4.8 (b) 6.56 – j7.87
(c) 10 + j0 (d) 16 + j0 (a) 0.8 (b) 1.4
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark] (c) 2 (d) 2.8
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
Q.22 In the circuit shown below, the value of RL such
that the power transferred to RL is maximum is Q.25 A source vs(t) = V cos100 t has an internal
impedance of (4 + j3) . If a purely resistive
10 10 load connected to this source has to extract the
maximum power out of the source, its value
10 (in ) should be
(a) 3 (b) 4
5V 1A RL
(c) 5 (d) 7
2V
[EC-2013 : 1 Mark]

Q.26 In the circuit shown below, if the source voltage

(a) 5 (b) 10 V s = 100 53.13 V, then the Thevenin’s
equivalent voltage (in Volts) as seen by the load
(c) 15 (d) 20
resistance RL is
[EC-2011 : 1 Mark]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 73

3 j4 j6 5 2
+ –
VL1
Vs I1 + + I2 RL = 10
– – 4 0 Vrms j2 RL
j40I2 10 VL1

(a) 100 90° (b) 800 0°

[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
(c) 800 90° (d) 100 60°
[EC-2013 : 2 Marks] Q.31 In the circuit shown, the Norton equivalent
resistance (in ) across terminals a-b is ____ .
Q.27 Norton’s theorem states that a complex network
2
connected to a load can be replaced with an a
equivalent impedance
(a) in series with a current source +
4I – 2 4
(b) in parallel with a voltage source
I
(c) in series with a voltage source
b
(d) in parallel with a current source
[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.32 For the current shown in the figure, the
Q.28 In the figure shown, the value of the current I
Thevenin equivalent voltage (in Volts) across
(in Amperes) is _____ .
terminals a-b is _____ .
5 5
3
a
I

5V 1A 10 12 V 1A 6

[EC-2014 : 1 Mark] [EC-2015 : 1 Mark]

Q.29 In the circuit shown in the figure, the angular Q.33 In the circuit shown in the figure, the maximum
frequency (in rad/sec), at which the Norton power (in Watt) delivered to the resistor R is
equivalent impedance as seen from terminals _______ .
b-b is purely resistive, is ________ . 3k 10 k

1 1F
b
+
+ 5V 2k Vo 100Vo +
– 40 k R
10 cos t (Volts) 0.5 H –
–

b
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
Q.34 In the circuit shown below, V s is constant
Q.30 In the given circuit, the maximum power voltage source and IL is a constant current load.
(in Watts) that can be transferred to the load The value of IL that maximizes the power
RL is _____ . absorbed by the constant current load is
 74 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

R 1 2

+
5V R 1A
Vs IL
–

(a)

Vs Vs 1 2
(a) (b)
4R 2R
Vs
(c) (d) ? R 5V
R
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
(b)
Q.35 Consider the circuit shown in the figure.
(a) 0.5 A (b) 2.5 A
–+ (c) 1 A (d) 2 A
3io
[EC-2019 : 1 Mark]
P
1 io Q.37 In the circuit shown below, the Thevenin voltage
VTh is
10 V 1 1 2V 2 4
+

Q
1 1A 1 2A 2 VTh

The Thevenin equivalent resistance (in )

across P-Q is ______ . –

[EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
(a) 2.8 V (b) 3.6 V
Q.36 Consider the two-port resistive network shown (c) 2.4 V (d) 4.5 V
in the figure. When an excitation of 5 V is [EC-2020 : 1 Mark]
applied across port-1 and port-2 is shorted, the
current through the short-circuit at port-2 is ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G
measured to be 1 A [see (a) in the figure]. (GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)
Now, if an excitation of 5 V is applied across
port-2, and port-1 is shorted [see (b) in the SECTIO N - A
figure], what is the through the short-circuit at Q.1 The following circuit shown in figure resonates
port-1? at
1 2 4H 1F
10

Port-1 R Port-2
1F
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 75

(a) all frequencies (b) 0.5 rad/sec (a) a semicircle with a diameter of V/X.
(c) 5 rad/sec (d) 1 rad/sec (b) a straight line with a slope of R/X.
[EE-1993 : 1 Mark] (c) an ellipse with V/R as major axis.
(d) a circle of radius R/X and origin at (0, V/2).
Q.2 At resonance, the given parallel circuit
[EE-1998 : 1 Mark]
constituted by an iron-cored coil and a capacitor
behaves like Q.6 A circuit with a resistor, inductor and capacitor
in series is resonant at f0 Hz. If all the component
a values are now doubled, the new resonant
frequency is
R (a) 2 f0 (b) still f0
C f0 f0
L (c) (d)
4 2
b
[EE-1998 : 1 Mark]

Q.7 A fixed capacitor of reactance –j0.02 is

(a) an open-circuit connected in parallel across a series
(b) a short-circuit combination of a fixed inductor of reactance
(c) a pure resistor of value R j0.01 and a variable resistance R. As R is varied
(d) a pure resistor of value much higher than R from zero to infinity, the locus diagram of the
admittance of this RLC circuit will be
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark]
(a) a semi-circle of diameter j100 and center at
Q.3 A series RLC circuit has the following parameter zero.
values: R = 10 , L = 0.01 H, C = 100 mF. The (b) a semi-circle of diameter j50 and center at
Q-factor of the circuit at resonance is _____ . zero.
[EE-1995 : 1 Mark] (c) a straight line inclined at an angle.
(d) a straight line parallel to the x-axis.
Q.4 A coil (which can be modeled as a series RL
[EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
circuit) has been designed for high
Q-performance at a rated voltage and a specified Q.8 A series RLC circuit when excited by a 10 V
frequency. If the frequency of operation is sinusoidal voltage source of variable frequency,
doubled and the coil is operated at the same exhibits resonance at 100 Hz and has a 3 dB
rated voltage then the Q-factor and the active bandwidth of 5 Hz. The voltage across the
power P consumed by the coil will be affected inductor L at resonance is
as follows: (a) 10 V (b) 10 2 V
(a) P is doubled, Q is halved.
10
(b) P is halved, Q is doubled. (c) (d) 200 V
2V
(c) P remains constant, Q is doubled.
[EE-1999 : 1 Mark]
(d) P decreased 4 times, Q is doubled.
[EE-1996 : 2 Marks] Q.9 The current in the circuit shown in figure is
20 200 V
I + –
Q.5 A sinusoidal source of voltage V and frequency
f is connected to a series circuit of variable
+
resistance R and a fixed reactance X. The locus 100 V 200 V
50 Hz –
of the tip of the current phasor I as R is, varied
from 0 to is
 76 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

(a) 5 A (b) 10 A (a) 2.14 mH (b) 5.30 mH

(c) 15 A (d) 25 A (c) 31.8 mH (d) 1.32 mH
[EE-1999 : 1 Mark] [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]

Q.10 In a series RLC circuit at resonance, the Q.14 The value of Z in figure which is most
magnitude of the voltage developed across the appropriate to cause parallel resonance at
capacitor 500 Hz is
(a) is always zero.
(b) can never be greater than the input voltage. 5

(c) can be greater than the input voltage, 2H Z

however it is 90° out of phase with the input
voltage.
(d) can be greater than the input voltage, and
(a) 125.00 mH (b) 304.20 µF
is in phase with the input voltage.
(c) 2.0 µF (d) 0.05 µF
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2004 : 1 Mark]
Q.11 In the circuit shown in figure, what value of C
Q.15 The circuit shown in the figure is energized by
will cause a unity power factor at the ac source.
a sinusoidal voltage source V1 at a frequency
which causes resonance with a current of I.

230 V C ZL = 30 40°
50 Hz I

V2
(a) 68.1 µF (b) 165 µF
(c) 0.681 µF (d) 6.81 µF
V1
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks] Vc

Q.12 A series RLC circuit has R = 50 , L = 100 µH

and C = 1 µF. The lower half power frequency of
The phasor diagram which is applicable to this
the circuit is
circuit is
(a) 30.55 kHz (b) 3.055 kHz
I V2
(c) 51.92 kHz (d) 1.92 kHz V1
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks]
(a)
Q.13 In the circuit of figure, the magnitudes of VL and
Vc
VC are twice that of VR. Given that, f = 50 Hz, the
inductance of the coil is
5 I
V2
VR
C VC (b) V1

5 0°
L VL
Vc
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 77

Vc Im

(c) V1
(c)
V2 I
Re

V1
Im

V2

(d)
(d)
I

Re

Vc

[EE-2006 : 2 Marks] [EE-2007 : 2 Marks]

Q.16 The RLC series circuit shown is supplied from Q.17 In the figure given below all phasors are with
a variable frequency voltage source. The reference to the potential at point ‘O’. The locus
admittance locus of the RLC network at of voltage phasor VYX as R is varied from zero to
terminals AB for increasing frequency is infinity is shown by

A R

V 0° R

L VYX

X Y

V 0° C
B C

Im
O

O 2V Locus of VYX

(a) Re VYX
(a) V YX (b)

Locus of VYX 2V O

Locus of VYX
O 2V
Im
VYX VYX
(c) (d)
O 2V
Locus of VYX
(b) Re
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks]

Q.18 The resonant frequency for the given circuit will

be
 78 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

0.1 H z

Inductive

1F 1
(a) f

(a) 1 rad/sec (b) 2 rad/sec Capactive

(c) 3 rad/sec (d) 4 rad/sec

[EE-2008 : 2 Marks] z
Inductive
Q.19 Two magnetically uncoupled inductive coils
have Q-factors q1 and q2 at the chosen operating
(b) f
frequency. Their respectively resistances are R1
and R2. When connected in series, their effective Capactive
Q-factor at the same operating frequency is

1 1
(a) q1 + q2 (b) + z
q1 q2
Inductive
q1 R1 + q2 R2 q1 R2 + q2 R1
(c) (d) Capacitive
R1 + R2 R1 + R2 (c)
[EE-2013 : 2 Marks]
f
Q.20 A series RLC circuit is observed at two
frequencies. At 1 = 1 k-rad/s, we note that
source voltage V1 = 100 0° V results in a current z

I1 = 0.03 31° A.
At 2 = 2 k-rad/s the source voltage Inductive
(d) f
V2 = 100 0° V results i a current I2 = 2 0° A. Capacitive
The closest values for R, L, C out of the following
options are:
(a) R = 50 , L = 25 mH, C = 10 µF
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
(b) R = 50 , L = 10 mH, C = 25 µF
(c) R = 50 , L = 50 mH, C = 5 µF Q.22 The circuit below is excited by a sinusoidal
(d) R = 50 , L = 5 mH, C = 50 µF source. The value of R in , for which the
admittance of the circuit becomes a pure
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]
conductance at all frequencies is _______ .
Q.21 An inductor is connected in parallel with a
100 µF R
capacitor as shown in the figure.

L
i
Z 0.02 H R
C

As the frequency of current i is increased, the

impedance (z) of the network varies as, [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 79

Q.23 In the balanced 3-phase, 50 Hz circuit shown i (t )

below, the value of inductance (L) is 10 mH.
The value of the capacitance (C) for which all v(t)

the line currents are zero, in milli-farads, is (a) (0, –5)

________ .

L C L
i(t)

C C

L
(b) v(t)
(5, 0)
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]

Q.24 The voltage v(t) across the terminals a and b

shown in the figure, is a sinusoidal voltage i (t )
having a frequency = 100 rad/sec. When the
inductor current i(t) is in phase with the voltage
(c)
v(t), the magnitude of the impedance Z (in ) (0, 5)

seen between the terminals a and b is ______

v(t)
(upto 2 decimal places).

i (t ) L i (t )
a
+

V(t )
100 µF 100 (d) v(t)
(–5, 0)
Z
–
b

[EE-2018 : 2 Marks] [EE-2018 : 2 Marks]

Q.25 A dc voltage source is connected to a series L-C SECTIO N -B

circuit by turning on the switch S at time t = 0 as
Q.1 In the following circuit, i(t) under steady-state
shown in the figure. Assume i(0) = 0, v(0) = 0.
is
Which one of the following circular loci
i( t) 1 2H
represents the plot of i(t) versus v(t)?

S i(t) 5V

+ 1F
L=1H
t=0 10 sint
+ –
5V C=1F v (t )
– (a) zero (b) 5
(c) 7.07 sint (d) 7.07 sin(t – 45°)
[EE-1993 : 1 Mark]
 80 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.2 Superposition principle is not applicable to a (a) 56.66 45° (b) 60 30°
network containing time-varying resistors. (c) 70 30° (d) 34.4 65°
(True/False) [EE-2003 : 1 Mark]
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark]
Q.6 Two a.c. sources feed a common variable
Q.3 For the circuit shown in figure. The Norton resistive loads as shown in figure. Under the
equivalent source current values is ________ . maximum power transfer condition, the power
A and its resistance is ______ . absorbed by the load resistance RL is
3
A 6 j8 6 j8

3
6V 3 110 0° V i1 RL i2 90 0° V

[EE-1997 : 2 Marks] (a) 2200 W (b) 1250 W

(c) 1000 W (d) 625 W
Q.4 Viewed from the terminals A and B, the
[EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
following circuit shown in figure can be reduced
to an equivalent circuit of a single voltage source Q.7 In the given figure, the Thevenin’s equivalent
in series with a single resistor with the following pair (voltage, impedance), as seen at the
parameters. terminals P-Q, is given by
A
10
P
10 V 4
Unknown
20 4V 10
network
6 5V

B Q

(a) 10 Volt source in series with 10 resistor.

(a) (2 V, 5 ) (b) (2 V, 7.5 )
(b) 7 Volt source in series with 2.4 resistor.
(c) (4 V, 5 ) (d) (4 V, 7.5 )
(c) 15 Volt source in series with 2.4 resistor.
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
(d) 1 Volt source in series with 10 resistor.
[EE-1998 : 2 Marks] Q.8 In the figure the current source is 1 0 A, R = 1 ,
the impedance are ZC = –j and ZL = 2 j . The
Q.5 In the figure, Z 1 = 10 –60°, Z 2 = 10 60°,
Thevenin equivalent looking into the cicuit
Z3 = 50 53.13°. Thevenin impedance seen from
across XY is,
X-Y is
X
Z1 Z3
X

+
100 0° Z2
–
Y
Y
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 81

(a) 5 2 0° V, (1 + 2 j ) (a) Zero (b) 3

(c) 6 (d) Infinity
(b) 2 45° V, (1 – 2j)
[EE-2011 : 1 Mark]
(c) 2 45° V, (1 + j)
Q.13 The impedance looking into nodes 1 and 2 in
(d) 2 45° V, (1 + j ) [EE-2006 : 1 Mark]
the given circuit is
Q.9 The Thevenin’s equivalent of a circuit operating ib
at = 5 rad/sec has VOC = 3.71 –15.9° V and
Z0 = 2.38 – j0.667 . At this frequency, the 1k 99ib
minimal realization of the Thevenin’s
impedance will have a 9k
1
(a) resistor and a capacitor and an inductor.
100 k
(b) resistor and a capacitor. 2
(c) resistor and an inductor.
(d) capacitor and an inductor. (a) 50 (b) 100
[EE-2008 : 1 Mark] (c) 5 k (d) 10.1 k
[EE-2012 : 1 Mark]
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (10 and 11):
2k
3VAB Q.14 Assuming both the voltage sources are in phase,
+– A the value of R for which maximum power is
transferred from circuit A to circuit B is
5V 2k 1k
2 R

B
+ +
Q.10 For the circuit given above, the Thevenin’s 10 V –j1 3V

resistance across the terminals A and B is – –

(a) 0.5 k (b) 0.2 k

Circuit A Circuit B
(c) 1 k (d) 0.11 k
[EE-2009 : 2 Marks] (a) 0.8 (b) 1.4

Q.11 For the circuit given above, the Thevenin’s (c) 2 (d) 2.8
voltage across the terminal A and B is [EE-2012 : 2 Marks]
(a) 1.25 V (b) 0.25 V Q.15 A source vs(t) = V cos100 t has an internal
(c) 1 V (d) 0.5 V impedance of (4 + j3) . If a purely resistive
[EE-2009 : 2 Marks] load connected to this source has to extract the
maximum power out of the source, its value
Q.12 In the circuit given below, the value of ‘R’
required for the transfer of maximum power to (in ) should be
the load having a resistance of 3 is (a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 5 (d) 7
[EE-2013 : 1 Mark]

Q.16 In the circuit shown below, if the source voltage

+ 6
10 V 3 Load V s = 100 53.13° V, then the Thevenin’s
–
equivalent voltage (in Volts) as seen by the load
resistance RL is
 82 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

3 j4 j6 3 Q.20 The voltage across the capacitor, as shown in

+ – the figure, is expressed as:
VL1
+ 10V Vc(t) = A1 sin( 1t – 1) + A2 sin( 2t – 2)
Vs
I1 40I2 +
– – L1 I2 RL = 10

1 1H

(a) 100 90° V (b) 800 0° V

(c) 800 90° V (b) 100 60° V 20 sin10t V c(t) 1F 10 sin5t

[EE-2013 : 2 Marks]

Q.17 Assuming an ideal transformer, the Thevenin’s

equivalent voltage and impedance as seen from The values of A1 and A2 respectively, are
the terminals x and y for the circuit in figure are (a) 2.0 and 1.98 (b) 2.0 and 4.20
1 (c) 2.5 and 3.50 (d) 5.0 and 6.40
x
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks]

Q.21 For the given circuit, the Thevenin equivalent is

sin( t)
to be determined. The Thevenin voltage, VTh
(in Volt), seen from terminal AB is ______ .
y
1:2 20 i
1
(a) 2 sin( t), 4 (b) 1 sin( t), 1 –+ A
i
(c) 1 sin( t), 2 (d) 2 sin( t), 0.5
+
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark] 2V 1 2
–
Q.18 A non-ideal voltage source Vs has an internal
impedance of Zs. If a purely resistive load is to B

be chosen that maximizes the power transferred [EE-2015 : 1 Mark]

to the load, its values must be
Q.22 The circuit shown in the figure has two sources
(a) 0
connected in series. The instantaneous voltage
(b) real part of Zs of the AC source (in Volt) is given by
(c) magnitude of Zs V(t) = 12 sint. If the circuit is in steady-state.
(d) complex conjugate of Zs Then the rms value of the current (in Ampere)
[EE-2014 : 1 Mark] flowing in the circuit is ______ .
Q.19 The Norton’s equivalent source in amperes as
seen into the terminals X and Y is ______ . V(t ) 1
2.5 V
X +
1H
8V
–
2.5
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
5 Q.23 In a linear two-port network, when 10 V is
5 5 applied to port-1, a current of 4 A flows through
port-2 when it is short circuited. When 5 V is
5V applied to port-1, a current of 1.25 A flows
Y through a 1 resistance connected across
[EE-2014 : 2 Marks] port-2.
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 83

When 3 V is applied to port-1, the current Q.27 For the given two-port network, the value of
(in Ampere) through a 2 resistance connected transfer impedance Z21 (in ) is ______ .
across port-2 is ______ . 2
[EE-2015 : 2 Marks]

Q.24 In the circuit shown below, the maximum power 1 2

4 2
transferred to the resistor R is ______ W.
2
3
1 2

5 6V [EE-2017 : 1 Mark]

Q.28 The current I flowing in the circuit shown below

(in Ampere), is ______ .
5V R 5 2A

I
50 40 25 20
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
20
Q.25 In the circuit shown below, the value of capacitor
200 V 160 V 100 V 80 V
C required for maximum power to be transferred
to the load is
[EE-2019 : 2 Marks]
Rs = 0.5
Q.29 The Thevenin equivalent voltage, VTh (in Volt)
(Rounded of to 2 decimal places) of the network
5 mH
shown below, is ______ .
V(t) = 10 sin(100t) 2 3
1 C
+

4V 3 5A VTh
Load

(a) 1 nF (b) 1 µF
–
(c) 1 mF (d) 10 mF
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks] [EE-2020 : 1 Mark]

Q.26 For the network given in figure below, the Q.30 A benchtop dc power supply acts as an ideal
Thevenin’s voltage Vab is 4 A current source as long as its terminal voltage
is below 10 V. Beyond this point, it begins to
10 10 behave as an ideal 10 V voltage source for all
load currents going down to 0 A. When
a connected to an ideal rheostat, find the load
6A 5 10 16 V resistance value at which maximum power is
b transferred, and the corresponding load voltage
and current.
(a) 2.5 , 4 A, 10 V (b) 2.5 , 4 A, 5 V
(a) –1.5 V (b) –0.5 V
(c) Open, 4 A, 0 V (d) Short, A, 10 V
(c) 0.5 V (d) 1.5 V
[EE-2020 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
84 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Electronics & Electrical Engineering

GATE Previous Years Solved Paper

A n swe rs & Expl a n a t i o n s

Answers
EC Network Theorem

1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (5) 6. (Sol.) 7. (a) 8. (a)

9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (b)

17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (a) 20. (c) 21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (a)

25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (0.5) 29. (2) 30. (1.649) 31. (1.33) 32. (10)

33. (0.8) 34. (b) 35. (–1) 36. (c) 37. (b)

Solutions
EC Network Theorem

1. (b) 2
n2 2 1
According to maximum power transfer theorem, = =
n1 8 4
ZL = ZS
n2 1
=
2. (a) n1 2
P1 = 1 W; P2 = 4 W n1 = 2n2
Since the polarity of both the sources are = 2 × 40 = 80
different,
5. Sol.
P = ( P1 P2 )2 Across switch S1,
2 2 ISC = 5 A
P= ( 1 4) = (1 2)
P = 1W RTh = [(4 6 + 2 8) + 3 + 3] 10 + 5
3. (a) RTh = (2.4 + 1.6 + 3 + 3) 10 + 5
2
ZL n2 = 10 10 + 5 = 5 + 5
=
ZS n1 RTh = 10
VOC = VAB = ISC RTh = 5 × 10 = 50 V
n2 ZL
=
n1 ZS 6. Sol.

4. (c) ZL = ZG
2 Z G = RG + jXG
n2 ZL
= ZL = RG – jXG
n1 ZS
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 85

7. (a) current I in loop B, then interchanging positions

Maximum power will be absorbed by R when an identical source in loop B produces the same
R = RTh. current in loop A”. Since network is linear,
principle of homogeneity holds and so when
R AB = RTh = (3 6) + (4 4) volt source is doubled, current also doubles with
RTh = R = 2 + 2 = 4 k opposite direction.

8. (a) 12. (a)

Superposition theorem is applicable for linear XS = L = 10
network. ZS = 10 + j10

9. (a) R for max power transfer = Zs = 10 2

100 0° 3 = 10 + 10 j = 10 2 45°
A
= 14.14

100 0° V j2 VTh 13. (a)

–j6 +j4
For maximum power delivered to RL, open
circuit RL,
B
A I1
V = 100 0°
4j
VTh = 100 0° 40
3+ 4j 0.5I1 20
100 × 4 j(3 4 j )
= 50 V
25
VTh = 16j(3 – 4j) B
RTh across AB,
10. (c)
1 I1
For MPT, R should be equal to Req of the circuit
seen from the terminal after removing R. I1
Deactivating voltage and current sources.
0.5I1 20 40 V
5 4

20
KCL at node 1,
V V
0.5I1 + I = +
20 40
V V V
0.5 +I = +
R = (5 20) + 4 = 4 + 4 40 20 40
=8
1 1 1
I= V +
11. (c) 20 40 80
This is a reciprocal and linear network. V
= RTh = 16
According to reciprocity theorem which states I
“Two loops A and B of a network N and if an RL = RTh = 16
ideal voltage source E in loop E produces a
86 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

14. (c) 1 1 1 2
So, 2 = VTh + +
ZL = Rs – jXs 2 1 1 1
ZL = 1 – 1j VTh = 4 Volt
From the figure Isc = 2 Ampere
15. (c)
For maximum power transfer, VTh 4
So, RTh = = =2
RL = Rs = 100 I sc 2

V2 5× 5 19. (a)
P= = = 0.25 W
R 100
P 1/s
(V across RL = 5 V) s

16. (b)
For VTh : 1 1
Vab Vab 10
+ =1
5 5
(when current source is in series with voltage
Q
source effect of current source is taken),
2Vab = 15 Vab = 7.5
1
(s + 1) 1 +
0.5I 1 5 1 s
= R = 10 ZTh = (s + 1) 1+ =
I1 R s 1
(s + 1) + 1 +
(Impedance connected to 0.5I1 current source) s
For RTh, make independent sources dead,
(s + 1)2 / s
5 = =1
a (s + 1) (s + 1)/ s

20. (c)
10 5
Vx
4 I1
–+

b
4 4 I
RTh = 5 5 = 2.5 –
Vx +

17. (d) 1V
ZL = Rs – jXs 1
Req =
I
For maximum power transfer,
ZL = Zs For Pmax : RL = Req
ZL = Rs – jXs KVL, 1 = 4I1 + Vx ...(i)
Vx = 4(I – I1) ...(ii)
18. (d) 1
Simplifying, Req = =4
For VTh, applying KCL at node X, I
VTh VTh VTh 2i
2 = + + 21. (a)
2 1 1
For Norton equivalent current short circuiting
VTh
where, i= the terminal PQ.
1
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 87

j30 A iAB B
Isc Isc 1
P
ib iA
I=0

(9 + 1) k 100 99ib V=1V

16 0° A 25 –j 50

2
Q
15 To find Thevenin impedance across node
Short-circuit current, 1 and 2. Connect a 1 V source and find the
current through voltage source.
25
ISC = × 16 0° 1
15 + j 30 + 25 Then, ZTh =
I
25 (25 × 16) 0° By applying KCL at node B and A,
= × 16 0° =
40 + j 30 50 36.86 iAB + 99ib = I
= 8 –36.86° ib = iA + iAB
Hence Norton current is, ib – iA + 99ib = I
IN = ISC = 8 –36.86° 100ib – iA = I ...(i)
IN = (6.4 – j4.8) A By applying KVL in outer loop,
10 × 103 ib = 1
22. (c)
ib = 10–4 A
For maximum power transfer, and 10 × 103 ib = –100 iA
RL = RTh i A = –100 ib
To calculate R Th deactivate all the energy From equation (i),
sources. 100ib + 100ib = I
10 10 I = 200ib
= 200 × 10–4 = 0.02
10 1 1
ZTh = = = 50
I 0.02
O.C.

S.C. S.C. RTh 24. (a)

Redrawing the diagram,

i 2 R i1
RTh = 10 + 10 10 = 15

23. (a) + +
10 V –j 1 3V
ib – –

1k 99ib Circuit A Circuit B

Current through R will be

9k
1 10 3 7
i = = A
100 2+R 2+R
2
Current through 3 V source is,
3
i1 = i = i 3j
j1
88 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

So power delivered to circuit B by circuit A is, 27. (d)

P = i2R + i1 × 3 Norton’s theorem states that a complex network
7 2
7 connected to a load can be replaced with an
P= R+ 3j 3 equivalent impedance in parallel with a current
2+R 2+R
source.
P
For P to be maximum will be zero,
R
P
=0 Complex
RN RL
R network
RL IN

2
7 98 R 21
3 =0
2+R (2 + R ) (2 + R )2
49(2 + R) – 98R – 21(2 + R) = 0
28. Sol.
98 – 42 = 49R + 21R
5 5
56
R= = 0.8
70 I

25. (c) 5V 1A 10
For pure resistive load to extract the maximum
power,
2 2
RL = Zs = Rs + Xs Using superposition theorem:
When 5 V source acting alone, we get
= 4 2 + 32 = 5
5 5
26. (c)
I1
To find VTh, open-circuit the load voltage RL
then, 5V 10

3 j4 j6 5
+ –
I2 = 0
VL1
Vs I1 j40I2 +
–
+
– 10 VL1 VTh V 5 1
I1 = = = A ...(i)
Req 10 + 5 + 5 4
When 1 A source acting alone, we get
I2 = 0 5 5
j40I2 = 0
Vs ( j 4) I2
VL1 =
3 + j4
1A 10
100 53.13°
= × 4 90°
5 53.13°
VL1 = 80 90°
1× 5 5 1
I2 = = = A ...(ii)
VTh = 10 VL1 + I 2 j6 + I 2 3 5 + 10 + 5 20 4
VTh = 10 × 80 90° + 0 × j6 + 0 × 3 1
Therefore, I = I1 + I 2 = A = 0.5 A
VTh = 800 90° V 2
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 89

29. Sol.
1.414 45°
R 1/j
b 2.828 45° 1.414
I

j 0.5

2.828 45°
I= = 1.08 22.5°
b Zbb 1.414 45° + 1.414

Finding ZN : 2
Power = I2R = (1.08) × 2 = 1.649 W
1 × j 0.5 1 j 1
Zbb = + = + 31. Sol.
1 + j 0.5 j 2+ j j
2 2 Io
2 +j a
or, Zbb = 2 ...(i)
2j
Retionalizing equation (i), we get, 4I + 2 4 Vo
–
2 2
(2 )+ j j2 I1 I
Zbb = 2
× 2 b
2j j2
Vo
2 2 + 4 +2 2 ( 3 4 ) I=
+j 4 4
= 4
+2 2 +2 2 Vo
I1 =
In order to have a purely resistive impedance 2
Zbb the imaginary part of equation (ii) will be Applying KCL,
Vo
4 I Vo Vo
equaled to zero. + + = Io
2 2 4
4 + 3 From there,
4 =0
+2 2 3
or, 3 = 4 Vo = Io
4
or, = 4 = 2 rad/sec. Vo 4
RN = = = 1.33
Io 3
30. Sol.
32. Sol.
2
3 VA
a

4 0 Vrms j2 RL
12 V 1A 6

For maximum power transfer, b

RL = ZTh = 2 j2 VTh = V6
VA 12 VA
2 × j2 + =1
= = 1.414 3 6
2 + j2
1 1
8 90° VA + = 1+4
VTh = = 2.828 45° 3 6
2 + j2
90 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

3
VA =5 –+
6
3io
VTh = V6 = VA
= 10 V P
1 io
33. Sol.
1 1
3k 10 k

+ + Q
5V 2k Vo 100Vo +
– 40 k VTh 1 RTh
– –

• It can be further reduced as follows:

For maximum power transfer,

–+
R = RTh
3io
2k P
Vo = 5 × =2V
5k 1 +
io
From output loop,
Vx 1A
40 k 1
VTh = 100 × 2 ×
50 k
–
VTh = 160 V Q
1 Vx
RTh =
and RTh = 10 k 40 k 1A

10 × 40
= =8k 3io
50
–+
2
VTh
Max. power = (1 – 4io)
4RTh 1 P
–
160 × 160 3io + io
1A +
= = 0.8 W
4 × 8000 +
L Vx 1A
Vx 1
34. (b) –
1 –
In maximum power transformation, half of the
+ – (1 – i ) 1A Q
voltage drops across source resistance, (1 – io) o

remaining half across the load.

• By applying KVL in the Loop L,
Voltage across source (R),
Vx = 3io + (1 – io)
V
ILR = s = 2io + 1
2
Also, Vx = io (1 )
Vs
IL = • So, 2io + 1 = io
2R
io = –1 A
35. Sol.
and Vx = –1 V
• The equivalent circuit to calculate the
Vx
Thevenin equivalent resistance (RTh) is as So, RTh = = 1
1A
follows:
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 91

36. (c) 4

According to reciprocity theorem:

In a linear bilateral single source network the
ratio of response to excitation remains the same 1A 3 2A 2
even after their positions get interchanged.
I 1
= I =1A
5 5
4
37. (b)
By applying source transformation, 6/5

2V VTh
1 2 4
3.6 V

1V 2A 2 VTh = 3.6 V

Answers
EE Network Theorem (Section-A)

1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (0.032) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (d)

9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (a) 16. (d)

17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (b) 21. (b) 22. (14.14) 23. (3.03) 24. (50)

25. (b)

Solutions
EE Network Theorem (Section-A)

1. (b) 2. (d)

j j 1 R j L 1
Z = 10 + j 4 Y= × +
R+ j L R j L jXc

R j L j
1 Y= +
4 2
2
R + ( L) 2 Xc
= 10 j
2 Imaginary parts are equal to zero for resonance,
4
L
= C
For circuit to be in resonance imaginary part of R + ( L )2
2

Z must be equal to zero. From this we get ‘ o’

1 At resonance,
Hence, 4 2 =0
res R 1 R 2 + 2o L2
Y= = =
res = 0.5 rad/sec. R2 + 2 2
oL Y R
Z>>R
92 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

3. Sol. V
For R = 0, I = 90°
Q0 = 0.032 X
For series RLC circuit V
For R = X, I = 45°
L 2X
Q-factor at resonance = o
R For R = , I = 0 0°
1 1 On plotting these three points we get,
o =
=
LC (0.01) × (100 × 10 3 )
Im
= 10 10 rad/sec.
R=
Re
L 10 0 × 0.01
Q= o = = 0.032
R 10

4. (d)
V/X R=X
L
Q=
R
When frequency of operation is doubled,
= 2 f, also get doubled
R=0
Consequently, Q also get doubled
2
2 V Hence locus of I is a semi-circle having
P= I R R
2 2 diameter of V/X.
R + ( L)

6. (d)
V2 V2
= =
L
2 R (1 + Q 2 ) 1
R2 1 + f0 =
2 LC
R
(for series RLC resonance)
Q It is given that Q is high.
1
Q2 >> 1 fnew =
2 2 L × 2C
V2 (when all the components values are doubled)
P
RQ 2 f0
Hence, fnew =
Q Q is doubled. 2
P decreased 4 times. 7. (a)
5. (a)
–j 0.02
I R jX
C
R j0.01

V, f
YAB

A B
V
I= 1 1
R + jX Y AB = +
j 0.02 R + j 0.01
V 1 X
= tan For R = 0, Y AB = –j50 = 50 –90°
R2 + X 2 R
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 93

For R = 0.01, Y AB = 50 11. (a)

For R = , Y AB = j50 = 50 90°
1
On plotting these three points, Y = j C+
30 40°
Im (YAB) = j C + 0.0255 – j0.0214
R= = 0.0255 + j( C – 0.0214)
j50
= Real(Y) + jImg(Y)
To have a unity power factor at ac source i.e.
resonance condition,
50
j100 0 YAB Img(Y) = 0
R = 0.01
C – 0.0214 = 0
= 2 × 50
0.0214
–j50 C= = 68.1 µF
R=0 100

12. (b)
Hence, locus of YAB is a semicircle of diameter
1 1
= = = 10 5 r/s
j100 and center at zero. o LC 100 × 10 6
× 10 6

8. (d) R 50
= = 6
= 50 × 10 4 r/s
L 100 × 10
Resonance frequency
Q=
Bandwidth 2
2
f 0 100 lower = 0 +
= = = 20 2 2
f 5
At resonance, 2
5 × 105 5 × 105
VL = VC = Q Vsource = (105 )2 +
2 2
VL = 20 × 10 = 200 V
5
= 10 1 + 6.25 2.5
9. (a)
= 0.193 × 105 rad/sec
Q VL = –VC (Given)
Hence,
So, this is a case of RLC series resonance.
V lower 0.193 × 10 5
Hence, I= (at resonance) flower = =
R 2 2
100 = 3065 Hz 3.055 kHz
= =5A
20 13. (c)
10. (c) V = VR + i(VL – VC)
In a series RLC circuit, at resonance Since, VL = VC and VL
VL = jQVsource
= 2 VR
and VC = –jQVsource
Therefore, the circuit is at resonance and
Also for Q > 1,
VR = V
VC = Vsource
VL VL 2VR
Hence option (c) is correct. Quality factor = = = =2
V VR VR
94 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

As we know, Voltage across the capacitor,

oL 1
Q= VC = I × XC = I ×
R j C
2 f ×L I
2 = L = 31.8 mH VC = 90°
5 C
So, VC lags the current by 90°.
14. (d)
The phasor diagram on the basis of above
At resonance, the circuit should be in unity
analysis.
power factor.
I V2
Hence ‘Z’ should be capacitive. V1
Admittance of the parallel circuit,
1 1 Vc
Y= + =0
jL 1/ jC
16. (d)
1
+C =0 Admittance of the series connected in RLC,
L
1 1
C= Y=
L× 2 1
R+ j L
C
1
= = 0.05 µF
2 × (2 × 500)2 R j L
1
C
Y=
15. (a) 1 2
R2 + L
C

I I [By rationalization]
Separating, real and imaginary part of
RA RB
admittance,
V2 R
XL Re[Y] = 2
1
V1
R2 + L
L
XC VC
For any value of , the real part of always
positive.
Z = RA + RB + j(XL – XC) 1
At resonance, XL = XC When, L=
C
So, Z = RA + RB 1
Therefore, input impedance is purely resistive, At, o = (Resonance)
LC
is minimum, and the input voltage and output 1
current are in phase. Re[Y] = (Maximum value)
R
So, V1 and I are in phase.
1
V1 L
V2 = × [ RB + j( XL XC )] C
RA + RB + j( XL XC ) Im(Y) =
1 2
R2 + L
But, XL = XC C
V1 1
V2 = × RB L
RA + RB C
= 2
Therefore, V2 is in phase with V1 and V2 < V1. 1
R2 + L
C
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 95

1 R + jXC
At, o = (Resonance) VYX = V
LC R jXC
Imaginary part of zero
When, R=0
Im(Y) = 0
For, 0 < < o 0 + jXC
VYX = V =V
0 jXC
1
> L
C XC
1+ j
Therefore, Im[Y] > 0 R
VYX = V×
For, XC
o< < 1 j
1 R
< L When, R
C
Therefore, Im[Y] < 0 VYX = –V
On the basis of above analysis, the admittance
18. (c)
locus is,
Input impedance,
Im
1
z = j L+R
j C
=0
=
Re R
z = j L+
1
1 + j RC
o =
LC 0.1 H

17. (a)
Z 1F 1

+ I +
V 0° R 1 1 j
z = j 0.1 + ×
–
V yx
– 1+ j 1 j
1 j
x y = j 0.1 + 2
+ 1+
V 0° C
1
– = + j × 0.1
1+ 2 1+ 2
O At resonance, imaginary part must be zero,

Let capacitive reactance = XC 0.1 2 =0

1+ 1
V 0° + V 0° 2V 0.1 =
I= = 1+ 2
R jXC R jXC 2 + 1 = 10
Using KVL, 2 = 9

VYX + IR – V = 0 = 3 rad/sec
VYX = V – IR
19. (c)
2V
VYX = V R L1
R jXC q1 =
R1
V ( R + jXC ) q 1 R1
= L1 =
( R jXC )
96 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

q 2 R2 XC XL
Similarly, L2 = or, tan(–31°) =
L1 + L2 R
or, XL – XC = R tan(–31°)
(L1 + L2 )
Q= R1 + R2 = 50 X – 0.6 = –30
R1 + R2
XL XC = –30 ...(iii)
1 1
q1 R1 + q2 R2
= (at 1 = 1 k-rad/sec)
R1 + R2
Also at, w2 = 2 k-rad/sec
20. (b) 1
XL = XC or 2L =
2
2C
2
Given:
At, 1 = 1 k-rad/sec 1
or, L= 2 ...(iv)
V1 = 100 0° V, 2C
I1 = 0.03 31° A From equation (iii),
At, 2 = 2 k-rad/sec 1
V2 = 100 0° V 1L = –30
1C
I2 = 2 0° A
1 1
R L C or, 1 2 = –30 (Using (iv)
2C 1C

1 × 10 3 1
I or, 6
= –30
4 × 10 C 10 3 C
10 3 10 3
or, = –30
V 4C C
At 2 = 2 k-rad/sec, voltage and current are in 3 3
phase. or, × 10 = –30
4C
Thus, it is case of series resonance,
3 × 10 3
XL or, C=
= XC 4 × 30
2 2
or, C = 25 × 10–6 F = 25 µF
V 100 0°
Z = R= 2 = = 50 Substituting the value of C in equation (iv), we
I2 2 0°
get,
Resistance of circuit,
1 1
R = 50 L= 2
= 3 2 6
2C (2 × 10 ) × 25 × 10
Now at, 1 = 1 k-rad/sec
1
V1 100 0° = = 10 mH
Z= = 100
I 1 0.03 31°
Therefore, values are
100 R = 50 , L = 10 mH, C = 25 µF
= 31° ...(i)
0.03
21. (b)
1 XL XC
Also, Z = Z tan ...(ii) L
R
(at 1 = 1 k-rad/sec)
Comparing equations (i) and (ii), we have

1 XL XC
–31° = tan
R C
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 97

1
=
L /C j L R1 Xc2
Z= j L = Rea of Zeq =
j C j L+ 1 1 2
LC R12 + Xc2
j C
100 × 100 × 100
For, 1 > 2LC, Z = +ve = = 50
2LC, 100 2 + 100 2
For, 1 < Z = –ve
25. (b)
Z
Inductive s I (s )

f +
5/s V(s ) 1/s
–
Capactive

5 /s 5
I(s) = =
22. Sol. 1 s2 + 1
s+
s
The resonance frequency for the circuit is
i(t) = 5 sint
1 RL2 L /C t
= 1 t
0 LC RC2 L /C v(t) = i dt = 5sin t dt
C 0
Since, (RL = RC = R) 0

So the circuit will have zero real part of v(t) = 5[ cos t ]t0 = 5[ cos t + 1]
admittance.
v(t) = 5 – 5 cost
L 0.02
When, R= = = 14.14 i
C 100 µF
t = T/4
5
23. Sol.
t = T/2
Using star to delta conversion, t=0
v
t=T 5 10

C
L L L C/3 L –5
3T/4
C/3
C C C/3

L L
t i(t ) v(t )
Line current will be zero when the parallel pair 0 0 0
of induction-capacitor is resonant at f = 50 Hz. T
5 5
1 4
So, 50 × 2 = T
LC /3 0 10
2
1 3T
100 = 5 5
LC /3 4
C will be 3.03 mF. T 0 0

24. Sol.
At resonance imaginary part of Zeq = 0
98 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Answers
EE Network Theorem (Section-B)

1. (d) 2. (False) 3. (2, 4.5) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (d)

9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (c)

17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (1) 20. (a) 21. (3.36) 22. (10) 23. (0.545) 24. (3.025)

25. (d) 26. (a) 27. (3) 28. (0) 29. (14) 30. (a)

Solutions
EE Network Theorem (Section-B)

1. (d) Using source transformation,

1.5 6V 3
For d.c. supply of 5 V, the capacitor acts as open-
A
circuit at the steady-state, consequently there
will not be any current flowing in the circuit ISC
2 × 1.5 = 3 V
due to d.c. supply.
For a.c. supply of V = 10 sin(t), = 1 rad/sec.
B
j
Z = R+ j L = 1 + j2 j 3+6
C ISC = =2A
1.5 + 3
= (1 + j ) = 2 45° RN = 1.5 + 3 = 4.5
V 10 sin(t ) 4. (b)
Hence, current, I = =
Z 2 45°
Using Millman’s theorem,
= 7.07 sin(t – 45°) A
10 5
+
V1Y1 + V2Y2
2. Sol. V= = 6 4 =7 V
Y1 + Y2 1 1
False, superposition principle is applicable on +
6 4
both time variant and time invariant resistors. 1 1
R= + = 2.4
Y1 + Y2 1 + 1
3. Sol.
6 4
2A
3
A 5. (a)
By Thevenin’s theorem,
Z1 Z3
3
6V 3 X

B 100 0° Z2

Using source transformation,

6V Y
3
ZTh = ZX – Y = Z1 Z2 + Z3
A
Z1 × Z2
6 = + Z3
3
=2A 3 3 (Z1 + Z2 )
10 60 × 10 60
B = + (50 53.13)
(10 60 + 10 60)
3 3 = 1.5 = 56.66 45°
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 99

6. (d) 10

For obtaining power absorbed by RL under

maximum power transfer condition. We find
20 10 Rth
Thevenin’s equivalent circuit across RL.
6 j8 6 j8

Rth = 10 10 = 5
Zth Vth = open-circuit voltage at the terminals P-Q.
10
P
+
Zth is calculated by short-circuiting the voltage
20 4V 10 Vth
sources,

Zth = (6 + j8) (6 + j8) = 3 + j 4 –

Q

6 j8 6 j8 4
Vth =× 10 = 2 V
10 + 10
Thevenin’s equivalent circuit,
110 0° Vth 90 0°
Vth = 5
P

Vth = 2 V
Vth 110 0° Vth 90 0°
+ =0
6 + j8 6 + j8
Q
Vth = 100 0° V

3 j4 8. (d)
To calculate Thevenin’s impedance, current-
Zth source is open-circuited,
Vth = 110 0° I RL x

R=1

Zth
For the maximum power transfer, ZL = 2j

2 2
RL = Rth + X th = 32 + 4 2 = 5 Z C = –j

Vth 100 y
I= =
(3 + j 4) + RL 8 + j 4 Zth = R + ZL + ZC
= 11.18 –26.56° A = 1 + 2j – j
Power absorbed by RL(max) = 1+j
= I2RL = 11.182 × 5 = 625 W Open-circuited voltage at terminals X-Y
= I × Zth
7. (a) = 1 0 × (1 + j)
To calculate Rth, (seen at terminals P-Q), voltage = 2 45° Volt
source is short-circuit.
100 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

9. (b) Thevenin equivalent circuit,

Thevenin’s impedance:
Z 0 = 2.38 – j0.667 2 I R

as real part is non-zero, so Z0 has resistor

Img [Z0] = –j0.667
10 V V 3V
Case-I:
Z0 has capacitor (as Img[Z0] is negative)
Case-II: Circuit A Circuit B
Z 0 has both capacitor and inductor, but
inductive reactance < capacitive reactance. 7
I=
At, = 5 rad/sec. R+2
For minimal realization case-I is considered. and V = 10 – 2I
Therefore, Z0 will have a resistor and a capacitor 14 10 R + 6
= = 10
R+2 R+2
10. (b)
Power transferred from circuit A to circuit B,
To calculate Thevenin’s resistance 5 V source is
P = VI
short-circuited and Vdc source is connected at
10 R + 6 7
terminals A and B. = ×
R+2 R+2
1
Then, Zth = dP
I th For P to be maximum =0
dR
By applying KCL at node B and A,
(R + 2)2 (10) – (10R + 6) × 2(R + 2) = 0
iAB + 99ib = Ith
5R2 + 20R + 20 – 10R2 + 26R + 12 = 0
ib = iA + iAB
5R2 + 6R = 8
ib – iA + 99ib = Ith
R = 0.8
100ib – iA = Ith ...(i)
By applying KVL in outer loop, 15. (c)
10 × 103 ib = 1 Using maximum power transfer theorem,
ib = 10–4 A
RL = Z = 4 j 3
and 10 × 103 ib = –100 iA
i A = –100 ib = 4 2 + 32 = 5
From equation (i),
100ib + 100ib = Ith 16. (c)
Ith = 200ib 3 j4 j6 3
= 200 × 10–4 = 0.02 + – I2 = 0
1 1 VL1
Zth = = = 50 Vs +
– 10VL1 Vth
I th 0.02
100 53.13° V

14. (a)

j4
2 R VL1 = 100 53.13°
3 + j4
+ + = 80 90° V
10 V –j1 3V
– – Vth = 10 VL1 = 800 90° V

Circuit A Circuit B
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 101

17. (a) or we can simply the network,

Thevenin’s equivalent voltage = voltage referred
to secondary. 2.5 V

sin t 1 2.5
We have, =
Vth 2 5 IN
2.5 V
1
x
2.5

sin( t)
Now from the circuit, we get
5
y IN = =1A
1:2 5
or, Vth = 2 sin( t) ...(Thevenin voltage)
20. (a)
Also, Thevenin’s impedance seen from the
Let us apply superposition theorem.
x and y terminals = voltage referred to secondary
Considering the voltage source 20 sin10t alone:
side.
Then, 10 sin5t remain open-circuited.
Zth = Rth = (2)2 × 1
=4 1
...(Thevenin’s impedance)
So, Vth = 2 sin( t)
and Zth = Rth = 4 1
20 sin10t VC1 (t ) = j 0.1
j 10 × 1
18. (c)
The situation of problem is shown in figure:
Zs = Rs ± jX
Let, VC1 (t ) be the voltage across capacitor.

j 0.1
VC1 (t ) = × 20 sin 10t
V RL 1 j 0.1
= (1.99 –84.28°) sin10t
VC1 (t ) = 2 sin(10t – 84.28°) ...(i)
For the transfer of maximum power from source
to load, Considering the current source 10 sin5t alone:
Then, 20 sin10t voltage source remain short-
RL = Rs2 + X 2 = Z
circuited.
Hence, option (c) is correct.
VC2(t) 1H
19. Sol.
Using source transformation theorem,
1 –j0.2 10 sin5t

2.5 V

2.5
5 IN

Let voltage across capacitor = VC (t )

1A 5 5 2
102 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Applying KCL at the node, we have 22. Sol.

VC2 VC2 8 12 sin t
+ 10 sin 5t = 0 i(t) = + = 8 + 6 2 sin t
1 ( j 0.2) 1 1+ 1
10 sin 5t 1
or, VC2 (t ) = irms(t) = 82 + (6 2 )2 = 10 A
(1 + j 5) 2
or, VC2 (t ) = 1.97 sin(5t – 78.69°) ...(ii)
23. Sol.
Using superposition theorem, voltage across
capacitor is,
VC(t) = VC1 (t ) + VC2 (t )
= 2 sin(10t – 84.28°)
V1 = 10 V, I2 = 4 A, V2 = 0 Cond. ...(i)
+ 1.97 sin(5t – 78.69°)
V1 = 5 V, I2 = 1.25 A,
VC(t) = 2 sin(10t – 84.28°)
V2 = 1.25 × 1 = 1.25 Cond. ...(ii)
+ 1.97 sin(5t – 78.69°) ...(iii)
V1 = 3 V, I2 = ?, R = 2 Cond. ...(iii)
Given,
As we know from ABCD parameter,
VC(t) = A1 sin( 1t – 1)
V1 = AV2 – BI2; I1 = CV2 – DI2
+ A2 sin( 2t – 2) ...(iv)
From condition (i),
Comparing equations (iii) and (iv), we have
10 = A(0) – B(4)
A = 2 and B = 1.97 1.98
10
(closest answer) B=
4
21. Sol. From condition (ii),

20 i 10
1 V i1 5 = A (1.25) × (1.25)
–+ A 4
i
12.5
+ 5
2V 1 2 4
– A= = 1.5
1.25
i2
From condition (iii),
B
2 – 1(i1 + i) – i = 0 10
3 = 1.5(2 I ) ×I
2 – i1 – 2i = 0 4
2i + i1 = 2 ...(i) = 3I + 2.5I = 5.5 I
I = 0.545 A
V 2 V V ( 20i )
+ + =0
1 1 2 24. Sol.
2(V – 2) + 2V + V + 20i =0
To get Rth and Vth, consider the following steps.
4V + 4 + V + 20i =0
Case-1: For Rth
5V + 20i =4
3
V
where, =i
1
25i = 2
4
i= A 5 5
25
4
i1 = 2 2 × = 1.68 A
25 5× 5
VAB = 1.68 × 2 = 3.36 V Rth = = 2.5
5+5
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 103

Case-2: For Vth Real part of the,

1
Zload =
Vth
6V 1 + C2 2

1
Zload = = 0.5
5 10 V 1 + 2C 2
Vth Putting, = 100 rad/sec.
we get, C = 10 mF
5V 5

26. (a)
Consider the following circuit,
Applying KCL at node, 10 10
Vth 5 Vth + 16
+ =0
5 5 a
6A 5 10 16 V
2Vth = –11
b
Vth = –5.5 V
Maximum power transferred,
2
After rearrangement we get,
Vth
Pmax = = 3.025 W 15 5
4RL

25. (d) +
30 V V ab 8V
Rs = 0.5 –

5 mH From circuit using KCL,

V(t) = 10 sin100t Voltage,
Vab + 30 Vab 8
1 C + =0
15 5
Vab + 30 + 3Vab – 24 = 0
The frequency at which the load is resistive and Vab = –1.5 V
it is equal to 0.5 i.e. The load is resistive means,
the imaginary part of the is equal to zero and 27. Sol.
real part is equal to 0.5 . 2

1
1×
Cs + Ls = 1 + Ls RA RB
Zload = 1
1+ 1 + Cs
Cs RC

(1 Cs )
= + Ls 4 2
1 C 2 s2
2
Put s = j ;
1 j C
Zload = +j L
1 + C2 2
where, RA = 1
1 C RB = 1
= +j L
1 + C2 2
(1 + C 2 2
) 1
RC =
2
104 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

After rearrangement consider the following 29. Sol.

circuit,
4V 2 Vth 3
1 1/2
+

4V 3 5A Vth
3

–
From the circuit diagram we get,
Vth 4
V =5
Z 21 = 2 =3 2
I1
Vth = 14 V

28. Sol. 30. (a)

I
R

20
VI = K
0V
10 V

By Millman’s theorem,
0 4A
200 160 100 80
+
50 40 25 20 = 0 V Maximum power transistor of VI product is
E= 1 1 1 1
+ + + maximum. If draw the curve, it intersect (10, 4)
50 40 25 20 that will give maximum power. The terminal
1 1 1 1 1 voltage is 10 V (Load voltage) and current is 4 A
= + + +
R 50 40 25 20 (Load current).
Simplified circuit,
10
I = 0A Load resistance is = 2.5 .
4
 4 Transient Analysis

ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G R2

(c) u(t )
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) R1 + R2

R2
Q.1 A 10 resistor, a 1 H inductor and 1 µF capacitor (d) et / R1C1 u(t )
R1 + R2
are connected in parallel. The combination is
driven by a unit step current. Under the steady- [EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
state condition, the source current flows
Q.4 A ramp voltage, v(t) = 100t Volts, is applied to
through
an RC differentiating circuit with R = 5 k and
(a) the resistor C = 4 µF. The maximum output voltage is
(b) the inductor (a) 0.2 Volt (b) 2.0 Volts
(c) the capacitor only (c) 10.0 Volts (d) 50.0 Volts
(d) all the three elements [EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
Q.5 The rms value of a rectangular wave of period
Q.2 If the Laplace transform of the voltage across a T, having a value of +V for duration, T1 (<T)
capacitor of value of 1/2 F is and –V for the duration, T – T1 = T2 equals
s+1 T1 T2
Vc ( s ) = 3 2
(a) V (b) V
s +s +s+1 T
The value of the current through the capacitor V T1
(c) (d) V
at t = 0+ is, 2 T2
(a) 0 A (b) 2 A [EC-1995 : 1 Mark]
1
(c) A (d) 1 A Q.6 The voltage VC , VC and VC3 across the
2 1 2
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks] capacitors in the circuit in figure, under steady-
state, are respectively
Q.3 For the compensated attenuator of figure, the
impulse response under the condition 10 k 1H 2F 2H 25 k
R1C1 = R2C2 is + –
VC 2

R1 + + +
100 V VC 1 1F 40 k VC3 3F
– – –
+ +
C1
v1(t) C2 R2 v2(t)

(a) 80 V, 32 V, 48 V (b) 80 V, 48 V, 32 V
– –
(c) 20 V, 8 V, 12 V (d) 20 V, 12 V, 8 V
R2 [EC-1996 : 2 Marks]
(a) [1 e1/ R1C1 ] u(t )
R1 + R2 Q.7 In the circuit of figure the energy absorbed by
R2 the 4 resistor in the time interval (0, ) is
(b) (t )
R1 + R2
 106 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

4 Q.10 I1(s) and I2(s) are the Laplace transforms of i1(t)

VC(0) = 6 V and i2(t) respectively. The equations for the loop
+ currents I1(s) and I2(s) for the circuit shown in
10 V 2F VC
– the figure, after the switch is brought from
position 1 to position 2 at t = 0, are

(a) 36 Joules (b) 16 Joules 1

R + Ls + Ls
Cs I 1 (s) V /s
(c) 256 Joules (d) None of the above (a) =
1 I 2 (s) 0
[EC-1997 : 2 Marks] Ls R+
Cs
Q.8 In the figure, the switch was closed for a long 1
time before opening at t = 0. The voltage Vx at R + Ls + Ls
Cs I 1 (s) V /s
(b) =
t = 0+ is, 1 I 2 (s ) 0
Ls R+
Cs
t=0
1
R + Ls + Ls
Cs I 1 (s ) V /s
(c) =
1 I 2 (s ) 0
2 2.5 A Ls R + Ls +
Cs
5H
1
R + Ls + Ls
Cs I 1 (s ) V /s
(d) =
1 I 2 (s ) 0
Ls R + Ls +
20 Cs
– Vx + [EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
(a) 25 V (b) 50 V
Q.11 For the R-L circuit shown in the figure, the input
(c) –50 V (d) 0 V voltage vi(t) = u(t). The current i(t) is
[EC-2002 : 1 Mark]
1H
The circuit for (Q. 9 and Q.10) is given. Assume that the
i (t )
switch S is in position 1 for a long time and thrown to
vi(t) 2
position 2 at t = 0.

Q.9 At t = 0+, the current i1 is

1
S C i(t)

0.5
2
i1(t) i2(t) R
V (a) 0.31
L
R
C 2 t(sec)

i(t)
V V
(a) (b) 1
2R R
V
(c) (d) zero (b) 0.63
4R
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
1/2 t(sec)
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 107

i(t) Q.14 A 2 mH inductor with some initial current can

be represented as shown below, where ‘s’ is the
0.5
Laplace transform variable. The value of initial
(c) 0.31 current is
I (s )
1/2 t(sec)
0.002 s
i(t)

1
–
(d) 1 mV
0.63
+

2 t(sec)
(a) 0.5 A (b) 2.0 A
[EC-2004 : 1 Mark] (c) 1.0 A (d) 0.0 A

Q.12 The circuit shown in the figure has initial [EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
current iL(0–) = 1 A through the inductor and an Q.15 In the figure shown below, assume that all the
initial voltage vC(0–) = –1 V across the capacitor. capacitors are initially uncharged. If
For input v(t) = u(t), the Laplace transform of the vi(t) = 10 u(t) Volts, vo(t) is given by
current i(t) for t 0 is
1k
1 1H

+ + +
i (t )
+
v(t ) 1F 4 µF
– vi(t ) 4k 1 µF v o (t )

–
– –
s s+2
(a) (b) (a) 8e–t/0.004 Volts (b) 8(1 – e–t/0.004) Volts
s2 + s + 1 s2 + s + 1
s 2 s 2 (c) 8 u(t) Volts (d) 8 Volts
(c) (d) [EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
s2 + s 1 s2 + s + 1
[EC-2004 : 2 Marks] Q.16 In the circuit shown, Vc is 0 Volts at t = 0 sec. For
Q.13 A square pulse of 3 Volts amplitude is applied t < 0, the capacitor ic(t), where ‘t’ is (in seconds),
to C-R circuit shown in the figure. The capacitor is given by
is initially uncharged. The output voltage V2 at 20 k ic
time t = 2 sec is
Vi 0.1 µF +
10 V 20 k VC 4 µF
3V + + –

V1 1k V2
(a) 0.50 exp(–25t) mA
– –
t (b) 0.25 exp(–25t) mA
2 sec
(c) 0.50 exp(–12.5t) mA
(a) 3 V (b) –3 V
(d) 0.25 exp(–6.25t) mA
(c) 4 V (d) –4 V
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
 108 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.17 In the following circuit, the switch S is closed at

(c) tu(t ) + 2 ( 1)n (t nT ) u(t nT )
di + n=1
t = 0. The rate of change of current (0 ) is
dt
(t 2 nT ) (t 2 nT T )
given by (d) [0.5 e + 0.5e ]
n=0
S
R
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]

Common Data for Questions (19 and 20):

Is Rs i (t ) L The following series RLC circuit with zero initial
conditions is excited by a unit impulse function (t).
1H 1

Rs I s
(a) 0 (b)
L
(t ) 1F Vc(t)
( R + Rs )I s
(c) (d)
L
[EC-2008 : 1 Mark]

Q.18 The circuit shown in the figure is used to charge Q.19 For t > 0, the output voltage Vc(t) is
the capacitor C alternately from two current
2 1 /2 t 3 /2 t
sources as indicated. The switches S1 and S2 (a) (e e )
3
are mechanically coupled and connected as
follows: 2 1 /2 t
(b) te
For 2nT t < (2n + 1) T, (n = 0, 1, 2,....) S1 to P1 and 3
S2 to P2. 2 3
1/2 t
For (2n + 1) T t < (2n + 2) T, (n = 0, 1, 2,....) (c) e cos t
3 2
S1 to Q1 and S2 to Q2.
2 1/2 t 3
Q1 P1 Q2 P2 (d) e sin t
3 2
+
S1 S2
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
+
1 0.5 1F C Vc(t) 1 1 Q.20 For t > 0, the voltage across the resistor is
–
1 3 /2 t 1 /2 t
– (a) (e e )
1A 1A 3

1/2 t 3t 1 3t
Assume that the capacitor has zero initial (b) e cos sin
2 3 2
charge. Given that u(t) is a unit step function,
the voltage Vc(t) across the capacitor is given by
2 1/2 t 3t
(c) e sin
3 2
(a) ( 1)n tu (t nT )
n=0
2 1/2 t 3t
(d) e cos
3 2
(b) u(t ) + 2 ( 1)n u (t nT )
n=1 [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 109

Q.21 The switch in the circuit shown was on a Q.24 In the circuit shown below, the initial charge on
position a for a long time, and is moved to the capacitor is 2.5 mC, with the voltage polarity
position ‘b’ at time t = 0. The current i(t) for t > 0 as indicated. The switch is closed at time t = 0.
is given by The current i(t) at a time ‘t’ after the switch is
10 k closed is
a b
i (t )
i (t )

10
100 V 0.2 µF 5k
100 V
–
0.5 µF 0.3 µF 50 µF
+

(a) 0.2e–125t u(t) mA (b) 20e–1250t u(t) mA

(c) 0.2e–1250t u(t) mA (d) 20e–1000t u(t) mA
(a) i(t) = 15 exp(–2 × 103t) A
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]
(b) i(t) = 5 exp(–2 × 103t) A
Q.22 The time domain behaviour of an RL circuit is (c) i(t) = 10 exp(–2 × 103t) A
represented by (d) i(t) = –5 exp(–2 × 103t) A
di Rt / L [EC-2011 : 2 Marks]
L + Ri = Vo (1 + Be sin t ) u(t )
dt
Q.25 In the following figure, C1 and C2 are ideal
V capacitors. C1 had been charged to 12 V before
For an initial current of i(0) = o , the steady-
R the ideal switch S is closed at t = 0.
state value of the current is given by The current i(t) for all ‘t’ is
Vo 2Vo S
(a) i(t ) (b) i(t )
R R
t=0
Vo 2Vo
(c) i(t ) (1 + B) (d) i(t ) (1 + B)
R R C1 i(t) C2
[EC-2009 : 2 Marks]

Q.23 In the circuit shown, the switch S is open for a

long time and is closed at t = 0. The current i(t) (a) zero
for t 0+ is (b) a step function
10 (c) an exponentially decaying function
t=0 (d) an impulse function
S [EC-2012 : 1 Mark]
1.5 A 10 15 mH
Q.26 For maximum power transfer between two
i(t) 10
cascaded sections of an electrical network, the
relationship between the output impedance Z1
(a) i(t) = 0.5 – 0.125 e–1000t A of the first section to the input impedance Z2 of
the second section is
(b) i(t) = 1.5 – 0.125 e–1000t A
(a) Z2 = Z1 (b) Z2 = –Z1
(c) i(t) = 0.5 – 05 e–1000t A
(d) i(t) = 0.375 e–1000t A (c) Z2 = Z1 (b) Z2 = Z1
[EC-2010 : 2 Marks] [EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
 110 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.27 In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of ix 2H

capacitor C (in mF) needed to have critically
damped response i(t) is ______ . 2ix +
–
+
40 4H C 10 u(t) A 5 vo(t)
+V – –
o
5

i( t )
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]

Q.31 In the circuit shown, the switch SW is thrown

[EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
from position A to position B at time t = 0. The
Q.28 In the figure shown, the idea switch has been energy (in µJ) taken from the 3 V source to charge
open for a long time. If it is closed at t = 0, then the 0.1 µF capacitor form 0 V to 3 V is
the magnitude of the current (in mA) through SW
120
the 4 k resistor at t = 0+ is ______ . 3V
B A

5k 4k 1k t=0

i 0.1 µF

10 V 10 µF t=0 1 mH
(a) 0.3 (b) 0.45
(c) 0.9 (d) 3
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2014 : 1 Mark]
Q.32 In the circuit shown, switch SW is closed at t = 0.
Q.29 In the figure shown, the capacitor is initially
Assuming zero initial conditions, the value of
uncharged. Which one of the following
vc(t) (in Volts) at t = 1 sec is ______ .
expressions describes the current I(t) (in mA)
t=0
for t > 0? 3
R1 S
5 +
1k I 10 V 2 F vc(t)
6 –
5V R2 2k C 1 µF

[EC-2015 : 2 Marks]

Q.33 In the circuit shown, the initial voltages across

5 t/ 2
(a) I (t ) = (1 e ), = msec the capacitors C1 and C2 and 1 V and 3 V,
3 3
respectively. The switch is closed at time t = 0.
5 t/ 2 The total energy dissipated (in Joules) in the
(b) I (t ) = (1 e ), = msec
2 3 resistor R until steady-state is reached, is ____ .
5
(c) I (t ) = (1 e t / ), = 3 msec t=0
R = 10
3
5
(d) I (t ) = (1 e t / ), = 3 msec + +
2
C1 = 3 F C2 = 1 F
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] – –

Q.30 In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of

vo(t) (in Volts) for t is ______ . [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 111

Q.34 The switch has been in position 1 for a long

time and abruptly changes to position 2 at t = 0. 3F 2
3 4 2 1
1 2
2
t=0 i (t )

10 V 2 + 2 5A
12 V
2F 3
0.1 F VC
–

[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
If time ‘t’ is in seconds, the capacitor voltage VC
Q.37 In the circuit shown, the voltage VIN(t) is
(in Volts) for t > 0 is given by
described by
t
(a) 4 1 exp 0, for t < 0
0.5 VIN (t ) =
15 Volts, for t 0
t
(b) 10 6 exp where ‘t’ is in seconds. The time (in seconds) at
0.5
which the current I in the circuit will reach the
t value 2 Ampere is _____ .
(c) 4 1 exp
0.6 1 I
t +
(d) 10 6 exp
0.6
VIN(t ) 1H 2H
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]

Q.35 The switch S in the circuit shown has been –

closed for a long time. It is opened at time t = 0
and remains open after that. Assume that the [EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
diode has zero reverse current and zero forward
Q.38 The switch in the circuit, shown in the figure,
voltage drop.
was open for a long time and is closed at t = 0.
t=0
1
S i(t) 5

– t=0
10 A 5
10 V 1 mH 10 µF VC
+
2.5 H

The steady-state magnitude of the capacitor The current i(t) (in Ampere) at t = 0.5 seconds is
voltage VC (in Volts), is ______ . ______ .
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks] [EC-2017 : 2 Marks]
Q.36 Assume that the circuit in the figure has reached Q.39 For the circuit given in the figure, the magnitude
the steady-state before time t = 0 when the 3 of the loop current (in amperes, correct to three
resistor suddenly burns out, resulting in an decimal places) 0.5 seconds after closing the
open-circuit. The current i(t) (in Amperes) at t = 0+ switch is _____ .
is _____ .
 112 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

1V 1 P t=0
– +

1 1H 20 V 20 k

[EC-2018 : 2 Marks]
dv(t )
The value of at t = 0+ is
Q.40 The RC circuit shown below has a variable dt
resistance R(t) given by the following expression: (a) –5 V/s (b) 3 V/s
t (c) –3 V/s (d) 0 V/s
R(t ) = R0 t for 0 t < T
T [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
where R0 = 1 , and C = 1 F. We are also given
Q.43 The circuit in the figure contains a current
that T = 3 R0C and the source voltage is Vs = 1 V.
source driving a load having an inductor and a
If the current at time t = 0 is 1 A. Then the current
resistor in series, with a shunt capacitor across
I(t), in amperes, at time t = T/2 is ____ .
the load. The ammeter is assumed to have zero
(Rounded off to 2 decimal places).
resistance. The switch is closed at time, t = 0.
I( t) R(t )
Ammeter
S
A Load

Vs Current 10 mH
C
source
t=0 1A Shunt 100 pF
capacitor
5k

[EC-2019 : 2 Marks]

Q.41 In the circuit shown in the figure, the switch is

closed at time t = 0, while the capacitor is Initially, when the switch is open, the capacitor
initially charged to –5 V (i.e., VC(0) = –5 V). is discharged and the ammeter reads zero
t=0 ampere. After the switch is closed, the ammeter
250
reading keeps fluctuating for some time till it
+ V – settles to a final steady value. The maximum
R

5V 250 Vc(t) 0.6 µF ammeter reading that one will observe after the
VR/500 switch is closed (Rounded off to two decimal
places) is _______ A.
The time after which the voltage across the [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]
capacitor becomes zero (Rounded off to three
decimal places) is ______ ms. ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G
[EC-2021 : 2 Marks] (GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)

Q.42 The switch in the circuit in the figure is in Q.1 The time constant of the network shown in figure
position ‘P’ for a long time and then moved to is
position ‘Q’ at time t = 0.
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 113

R (a) 3 µ-sec
(b) 12 µ-sec
(c) 32 µ-sec
10 V 2R C
(d) unknown, unless the actual network is
specified
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark]
(a) 2 RC (b) 3 RC
2 RC Q.4 An ideal voltage source will charge an ideal
RC
(c) (d) capacitor
2 3
[EE-1992 : 1 Mark] (a) in infinite time (b) exponentially
(c) instantaneously (d) none of these
Q.2 In the series RC circuit shown in figure the
[EE-1997 : 1 Mark]
voltage across C starts increasing when the dc
source is switched ON. The rate of increase of Q.5 In the circuit shown in figure, it is desired to
voltage across C at the instant just after the have a constant direct current i(t) through the
switch is closed (i.e. at t = 0+) will be ideal inductor L. The nature of the voltage source
C R
v(t) must be
+ –
Vc i(t)

I V(t ) L

1V

t=0 V (a) constant voltage

(a) Zero (b) Infinity (b) linearly increasing voltage
1 (c) an ideal impulse
(c) RC (d)
RC (d) exponentially increasing voltage
[EE-1996 : 1 Mark] [EE-1998 : 1 Mark]

Q.3 The v-i characteristic as seen from the terminal Q.6 A rectangular voltage pulse of magnitude V and
pair (A, B) of the network of Fig. (1) is shown in duration T is applied to a series combination of
Fig. (2). If an inductance of value 6 mH is resistance R and capacitance C. The maximum
connected across the terminal - pair (A, B), the voltage developed across the capacitor is
time constant of the system will be
T
i A (a) V 1 exp
Network of + RC
linear resistors V VT
and independent (b)
sources – RC
B (c) V
Fig. (1)
T
i (d) V exp [EE-1999 : 2 Marks]
RC
4 mA
Q.7 A voltage waveform v(t) = 12t2 is applied across
a 1 H inductor for t 0, with initial current
through it being zero. The current through the
(0, 0)
v inductor for t 0 is given by
Fig. (2) 8V
 114 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

(a) 12 t (b) 24 t
S
3
(c) 12 t3 (d) 4 t3
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark] t=0 4F
Q.8 A unit step voltage is applied at t = 0 to a series 10 V 4 4H
RL circuit with zero initial conditions. 4
(a) It is possible for the current to be oscillatory.
(b) The voltage across the resistor at t = 0+ is
zero. (a) 2 V (b) 4 V
(c) The energy stored in inductor in the steady- (c) –6 V (d) 8 V
state is zero. [EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
(d) The resistor current eventually falls to zero.
Q.12 In figure, the capacitor initially has a charge of
[EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
10 Coulomb. The current in the circuit one
Q.9 Consider the circuit shown in figure. If the second after the switch ‘S’ is closed will be
frequency of the source is 50 Hz, then the value
t=0
of t0 which results in a transient free response is 2

5 0.01 H S
+
t = t0 100 V 0.5 F
–
sin( t)

(a) 14.7 A (b) 18.5 A

(a) 0 ms (b) 1.78 ms (c) 40.0 A (d) 50.0 A
(c) 2.71 ms (d) 2.91 ms [EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks] Q.13 In the figure given, for the initial capacitor
Q.10 An 11 V pulse of 10 µs duration is applied to the voltage is zero. The switch is closed at t = 0. The
circuit shown in figure. Assuming that the final steady-state voltage across the capacitor
capacitor is completely discharged prior to is
applying the pulse, the peak value of the S 10
capacitor voltage is
1k t=0

20 V 10 µF 10
11 V
10 k 11 nF
0
10 µs
(a) 20 V (b) 10 V
(a) 11 V (b) 5.5 V (c) 5 V (d) 0 V
(c) 6.32 V (d) 0.96 V [EE-2005 : 1 Mark]
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks] Q.14 The circuit shown in the figure is steady-state,
Q.11 In the circuit shown in figure, the switch ‘S’ is when the switch is closed at t = 0. Assuming
closed at time (t = 0). The voltage across the that the inductance is ideal, the current through
inductor at t = 0+, is the inductor at t = 0+ equals.
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 115

10 Q.18 In the circuit shown in the figure, the current

source I = 1 A, the voltage source V = 5 V,
R1 = R2 = R3 = 1 , L1 = L2 = L3 = 1 H, C1 = C2 = 1 F.
t=0
10 V 10 mH The currents (in A) through R3 and the voltage
source V respectively will be
R1 R2

(a) 0 A (b) 0.5 A

(c) 1 A (d) 2 A L1 C1 L3

[EE-2005 : 2 Marks] C2 V

I L2 R3
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (15 and 16):
A coil of inductance 10 H and resistance 40 is
connected as shown in the figure. After the switch ‘S’ (a) 1 and 4 (b) 5 and 1
has been in contact with point 1 for a very long time, it (c) 5 and 2 (d) 5 and 4
is moved to point 2 at, t = 0. [EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
Q.15 If at t = 0+, the voltage across the coil is 120 V, Q.19 In the figure, transformer T1 has two secondaries,
the value of resistance R is all three windings having the same number of
1 20 turns and with polarities as indicated. One
secondary is shorted by a 10 resistor R, and
S 2
10 H the other by a 15 mF capacitor. The switch SW is
120 V opened (t = 0) when the capacitor is charged to
R
40 5 V with the left plate as positive. At (t = 0+) the
voltage VP and current IR are
(a) 0 (b) 20 S IR
(c) 40 (d) 60 T1 R
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
+
Q.16 For the value of resistance obtained in (a), the 25 V VP C
– + –
like taken for 95% of the stored energy to be
dissipated is close to
(a) 0.10 sec (b) 0.15 sec
(a) –25 V, 0.0 A
(c) 0.50 sec (d) 1.0 sec
(b) very large voltage, very large current
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
(c) 5.0 V, 0.5 A
Q.17 An ideal capacitor is charged to a voltage Vo (d) –5.0 V, –0.5 A
and connected at t = 0 across an ideal inductor [EE-2007 : 2 Marks]
L. (The circuit now consists of a capacitor and
Q.20 In the circuit shown in figure. Switch SW1 is
1 initially closed and SW2 is open. The inductor
inductor alone). If we let o = , the voltage
LC L carries a current of 10 A and the capacitor
across the capacitor at time t > 0 is given by charged to 10 V with polarities as indicated.
(a) Vo (b) Vo cos( ot) SW2 is closed at t = 0 and SW1 is opened at t = 0.
The current through C and the voltage across L
(c) Vo sin( ot) (d) Vo e ot cos( ot ) at (t = 0+) is
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
 116 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

SW2 R2 = 10 (a) 18.8 V (b) 23.5 V

(c) –23.5 V (d) –30.6 V
+ [EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
R1 = 10 SW1 L 10 A 10 V C
–
Q.24 In the figure shown, all elements used are ideal.
For time t < 0, S1 remained closed and S2 open.
(a) 55 A, 4.5 V (b) 5.5 A, 45 V At t = 0, S1 is opened and S2 is closed. If the
(c) 45 A, 5.5 A (d) 4.5 A, 55 V voltage Vo across the capacitor C2 at t = 0– is
2
[EE-2007 : 2 Marks] zero, the voltage across the capacitor
combination at t = 0+ will be
Q.21 The time constant for the given circuit will be
1F S1 S2
3

3A 3V C1 1F C2 2F
1F 1F 3

1 1 (a) 1 V (b) 2 V
(a) sec (b) sec
9 4 (c) 1.5 V (d) 3 V
(c) 4 sec (d) 9 sec [EE-2009 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2008 : 2 Marks]
Q.25 The switch in the circuit has been closed for a
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (22 and 23): long time. It is opened at t = 0. At t = 0+, the
The current i(t) sketched in the figure flows through a current through the 1 µF capacitor is
initially uncharged 0.3 nF capacitor.
1 S
Q.22 The charge stored in the capacitor at t = 5 µs,
t=0
will be
5V 1 µF 4
6
5
4
i(t) mA

(a) 0 A (b) 1 A
3
(c) 1.25 A (d) 5 A
2
[EE-2010 : 1 Mark]
1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q.26 The L-C circuit shown in the figure has an

1 (µs) inductance L = 1 mH and a capacitance
C = 10 µF.
(a) 8 nC (b) 10 nC
(c) 13 nC (d) 16 nC L

[EE-2008 : 2 Marks] i
–
Q.23 The capacitor charged upto 5 µs, as per the C 100 V
t=0
current profile given in the figure, is connected +
across an inductor of 0.6 mH. Then the value of
voltage across the capacitor after 1 µs will
approximately be
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 117

The initial current through the inductor is zero, Vs

while the initial capacitor voltage is 100 V. The
switch is closed at t = 0. The current ‘i’ through
(a)
the circuit is t
(a) 5 cos (5 × 103t) A –2

(b) 5 sin (104t) A Vs

(c) 10 cos (5 × 103t) A
(b)
(d) 10 sin (104t) A
t
[EE-2010 : 2 Marks] –2

Q.27 In the following figure C1 and C2 are ideal Vs

capacitors. C1 has been charged to 12 V before
the ideal switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0. The current (c)
i(t) for all ‘t’ is t

S
Vs

t=0
(d)
C1 i(t) C2 t

[EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
(a) zero Q.29 The switch SW shown in the circuit is kept at
(b) a step function position ‘1’ for a long duration. At t = 0+, the
(c) an exponentially decaying function switch is moved to position ‘2’. Assuming
(d) an impulse function
V02 > V01 , the voltage V c (t) across the
[EE-2012 : 1 Mark]
capacitor is
Q.28 A combination of 1 µF capacitor with an initial
R ‘2’
voltage Vc(0) = –2 V in series with a 100 SW
resistor is connected to a 20 mA ideal dc current
‘1’ R
source by operating both switches at t = 0 is as
V02
shown in the figure. Which of the following V01
graphs shown in the options approximates the C Vc

voltage Vs across the current source over the next

few seconds? (a) Vc(t) = V02(1 – e–t/2RC) – V01
(b) Vc(t) = V02(1 – e–t/2RC) + V01
Vc
+ – (c) Vc(t) = –(V02 + V01) (1 – e–t/2RC) – V01
(d) Vc(t) = (V02 – V01) (1 – e–t/2RC) + V01
t=0 + [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
Vs 100
Q.30 A series RL circuit is excited at t = 0 by closing a
–
switch as shown in the figure. Assuming zero

d2 I
t=0 initial conditions, the value of at t = 0+ is
dt 2
 118 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

R 6 8

V 50 V 8 32 2H

32
L

V V (a) 2.5 e–4t (b) 5 e–4t

(a) (b)
L R (c) 2.5 e–0.25t (d) 5 e–0.25t
RV [EE-2017 : 2 Marks]
(c) 0 (d)
L2
Q.34 The initial charge in the 1 F capacitor present in
[EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
the circuit shown is zero. The energy in Joules
Q.31 In the circuit shown, switch S2 has been closed transferred from the d.c. source until steady-
for a long time. A time t = 0 switch S1 is closed. state condition is reached equals ______ .
At t = 0+, the rate of change of current through (Give the answer upto one decimal place)
the inductor, in amperes per second, is _____ .

S1 1F
1 S2
5 5
5
2 10 V
3V 1H
5 5
3V

[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2017 : 1 Mark]
Q.32 In the circuit shown below, the initial capacitor
voltage is 4 V. Switch S1 is closed at t = 0. The Q.35 A resistor and a capacitor are connected in series
charge (in µC) lost by the capacitor from t = 25 µs to a 10 V d.c. supply through a switch. The
to t = 100 µs is _______ . switch is closed at t = 0, and the capacitor
voltage is found to cross 0 V at t = 0.4 , where
S1 is the circuit time constant. The absolute value
of percentage change required in the initial
capacitor voltage if the zero crossing has to
4V 5 µF 5
happen at t = 0.2 is _______ .
(Rounded off 2 decimal places).
[EE-2020 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2016 : 2 Marks]

Q.33 The switch in the figure below was closed for a

long time. It is opened at t = 0. The current in the
inductor of 2 H for t 0, is
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 119

Electronics & Electrical Engineering

GATE Previous Years Solved Paper

A n swe rs & Expl a n a t i o n s

Answers
EC Transient Analysis

1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (c)

9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (c) 16. (a)

17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (d) 20. (b) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (a)

25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (10) 28. (1.25) 29. (a) 30. (31.25) 31. (c) 32. (2.528)

33. (1.5) 34. (d) 35. (100) 36. (–1) 37. (0.3405) 38. (8.16) 39. (0.316) 40. (0.25)
41. (0.1386) 42. (c) 43. (1.44)

Solutions
EC Transient Analysis

1. (b) 3. (b)
At steady state:
1
Inductor behave as short-circuit. R2 ×
C2 s R2
So, under steady state condition the source Z2(s) = =
1 R2 2s + 1
C
current flows through the inductor. R2 ×
C1s
2. (c)
1
1 2 R1 ×
ZC(s) = = C1s R1
Cs s Z1(s) = =
1 R1 1s + 1
C
R1 ×
VC (s ) s(s + 1) C1s
IC(s) = =
ZC (s ) 2(s + s 2 + s + 1)
3
V2 (s) Z2 (s )
s(s + 1) =
= V1 (s) Z1 (s) + Z2 (s )
2(s 2 + 1) ( s + 1)
R1C 1 = R2C 2
s
IC(s) = R2
2(s 2 + 1) V2 (s) R2C 2 s + 1 R2
= =
V1 (s) R1 R2 R1 + R2
s2 +
i(0+) = lim sIC (s) = lim R2 C 2 s + 1 R2 C 2 s + 1
s s 2(s 2 + 1)
R2
1 1 V2(s) = V1 (s)
= = Ampere R1 + R2
2+0 2
120 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

For impulse response, 40

VC1 = 100 × = 80 V
V1(s) = 1 10 + 40
v1(t) = (t) 3
VC 2 = 80 × = 48 V
R2 2+3
v2(t) = (t )
R1 + R2 2
VC3 = 80 × = 32 V
2+3
4. (b)
dVi 7. (b)
Vo = RC
dt
V = V + =6V
3 6 d (0 ) (0 )
Vo = (5 × 10 ) (4 × 10 ) (100t ) = 2 V
dt So at t = 0+
VR = 10 – 6 = 4 V
5. (a)
4
x(t) I = = 1 Ampere
T1 R(0+ ) 4
V IR( ) = 0 Ampere
= RC = 8 sec.
T
t
T1
i(t) = i + (i i ) e t/
0+
–V
T2 = 0 + (1 – 0) e–t/8
i(t) = e–t/8
T = T1 + T2
Energy absorbed by 4 resistor in (0, )
T
1 2
Rms = x (t ) dt
T
0 E= i 2 R dt = 4 e t /4
dt
0 0
T1 T
1
= V 2 dt + ( V )2 dt
T = 4 e t /4 dt
0 T1
0
1 2
Rms = [V [T1 0] + V 2 [T T1 ]] t /4
T e t /4
E= 4 = 16[ e ]0
1/4
1 2 0
= [V ][T1 + T T1 ]
T E = –16[0 – 1] = 16 J
1 2
Rms = V T = V2 = V 8. (c)
T
When switch was closed circuit was in steady
6. (b) state,
At steady-state:
Inductor behave as short-circuit.
Capacitor behave as open-circuit, 2 2.5 A
10 k 2F 25 k
+ VC –
2

+ 20
+ +
–
100 V VC1 40 k V C3 3F Vx +
– – –
iL(0–) = 2.5 A
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 121

At t = 0+ ; KVL in loop (1),

V 1
I 1 (s ) R + + I 1 (s ) + [ I 1 ( s) I 2 (s )] sL = 0
s sC
2 2.5 A 1 V
I1 (s) R + + sL I 2 (s) sL =
2.5 A sC s
KVL in loop (2),
20 1
[ I 2 (s) I1 (s)] sL + I 2 (s) R + I 2 (s ) =0
+ V – sC
1
V = IR I 1 (s ) sL + I 2 (s) R + sL + =0
sC
= 2.5 × 20 = 50 V
Vx = –50 V 1
R + sL + sL
(Polarity of Vx is given reverse of V) sC I1 (s) V /s
=
1 I 2 (s) 0
sL R + sL +
9. (a) sC
At t = 0– in steady state,
11. (c)
VC
V (s ) 1
R I(s) = =
s + 2 s(s + 2)
V i1(t) i2(t)
1 1 1 1
I(s) = =
s(s + 2) 2 s s+2
1
i1(t) = i2(t) = 0 i(t) = (1 e 2t )
2
VC(0–) = V At t = 0, i(t) = 0
At t = 0+ ; t= , i(t) = 0.5
1
V
t= , i(t) = 0.31
2
R i1 R i(t)

0.5
0.31
–i1R – V – i1R = 0
V t
i1 = 0 1/2
2R
Graph (c) satisfies all conditions.
10. (c)
When switch is in position 2, 12. (b)
KVL :
1/sC
Ldi(t ) 1
v(t) = Ri(t ) + + i(t ) dt
V/s I1(s) I2(s ) + dt C
R 0
–
– Taking Laplace transform on both sides,
R sL
I ( s ) Vc (0 + )
+ V(s) = RI(s) + LsI (s) LI(0 + ) + +
1 2 1/sC sC s
1 I (s) 1
= I (s ) + sI (s ) 1 +
s s s
122 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

2 I (s) 2 16. (a)

+1 = [s + s + 1]
s s At t = 0+, capacitor is short-circuit and at
s+2 t = , capacitor is open-circuit.
I(s) = 2
s +s+1 10 V
So, Ic(0+) = = 0.5 mA
20 k
13. (b)
Ic( ) = 0
RC = 0.1 × 10–6 × 103 = 10–4
Time constant of the circuit,
= 100 µs
= Req C
As RC is very small, so steady state will be
= 4 µF × 20 k 20 k
reached in 2 second,
= 40 m-sec
Vc = 3 V
Using direct formula,
V2 = –Vc = –3 V
Ic(t) = Ic( ) – [Ic( ) – Ic(0)] e–t/
14. (a) Ic(t) = 0 – (0 – 0.5) e–t/40 m-sec
LdI Ic(t) = 0.5 e–25t mA
V=
dt 17. (b)
V(s) = sLI(s) – LI(0+) At t = 0, the inductor behaves as an open-circuit.
–LI(0+) = –1 mV (Given in So, VL = Is Rs
question)
di +
1 mV VL = L (0 )
I(0+) = = 0.5 A dt
2 mH di + V I R
(0 ) = L = s s
dt L L
15. (c)
18. (c)
1
R1 × The waveform of voltage Vc(t) is shown below.
C1s R1
Z1 = =
1 R1C 1 s + 1 Vc( t)
R1 ×
C1s
1

1k 2T
= t
3 T
4 × 10 s + 1
–1
1
R2 ×
C2 s In mathematical form,
Z2 = 1
R2 × 0 < t < T,
C2 s
C = 1 F, I = 1 A
R2 4k t
= = Vc = dt = t
R2C 2 s + 1 4 × 10 3 s + 1
0

Z2 At t = T, Vc = T
Vo(t) = Vi (t )
Z1 + Z2 t
T < t < 2T, Vc = T dt = 2T t
Z 2 = 4Z 1
0
Z2 4Z1 4Z At t = 2T, Vc = 0
= = 1 = 0.8
Z1 + Z2 Z1 + 4Z1 5Z1
t
vo(t) = 0.8 vi(t) = 0.8 × 10 u(t) 2T < t < 3T, Vc = dt = t 2 T
vo(t) = 8 u(t) 2T
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 123

At t = 3T, Vc = T t>0
3T < t < 4T,
I(s)
t
Vc = T dt = 4T t 1/sC
R=5k
3T +
+
v(0 ) 100
Vc(t) = tu(t) – 2(t – T) u(t – 2T) =
s s
–
+ 2(t – 2T) u(t – 2T) ...
C = 0.16 µF
= t u(t ) + 2 ( 1)n (t nT ) u(t nT )
n=1 v(0 + ) t / RC
i(t) = e u(t )
R
19. (d)
v(0+) = 100 V
1 1 1 1 1
Vc(s) = = 2 =
1 s s +s+1 RC 3 6
s+1+ 5 × 10 × 0.16 × 10
s
R = 5k
1 i(t) = 20 e–1250t u(t) mA
= 2
2
1 3
s+ + 23. (a)
2 2
0.75
2 t /2 3 = 0.375 A
i(0+) =
Vc(t) = e sin t 2
3 2
i( ) = 0.5 A
i(t) = i( ) – {i( ) – i(0+)} e–Rt/L
20. (b)
where, R = equivalent resistance seen across L
1 s with current source opened,
VR(s) = 1= 2
1 s +s+1
s+1+ 10
s
1 1 3 2
s+
2 2 2 3
= 2 2 2 2 10 10 R
1 3 1 3
s+ + s+ +
2 2 2 2

t /2 3 1 t /2 3
VR(t) = e cos t e sin t R = 10 + (10 10) = 15
2 3 2
3
i(t) = 0.5 {0.5 0.375} e 15t /15 × 10
t /2 3 1 3
VR(t) = e cos t sin t
= 0.5 – 0.125 e–1000t A
2 3 2

24. (a)
21. (b)
Q
V(0–) = V (0+ ) =
–
t=0
+
C

+ 0.2 µF 2.5 × 10 3
– = = 50 V
= 0.16 µF

100 V = v(0 )
100 V
+ 50 × 10 6
– = v(0 )
0.3 µF

0.5 µF (Q direction given is opposite)

– V( ) = 100 V
0.8 µF
124 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

2
2
10 or, C=
R
100 V
2
+ 2
V( ) = 100 V L= × 4 = 10 mF
– 40

V(t) = V( ) + [V(0+) – V( )] e–t/ 28. Sol.

= 100 + (–50 – 100) e–t/ At steady state t = 0–,
V(t) = 100 – 150 e–t/ 5k 4k
dV 150 t/
i(t) = C =C e
dt
and = 10 × 50 × 10–6
10 V VOC 1k
= 5 × 10–4
6 150 2 × 103 t
i(t) = 50 × 10 × 6
e
10 × 50 × 10
3 Vc(0) = Vc(0+) = 5 V
= 15 e 2 × 10 t Ampere IL(0–) = IL(0+) = 1 mA
At t = 0, switch get closed,
25. (d)
5k 4k 1k
Since there is no resistance so time constant will
be zero. That means as soon as the switch will
10 V 5V I 1 mA
be closed voltages at C1 and C2 will become
equal and capacitor allows sudden change of
voltage only if impulse of current will pass
through it. Thus, the current through 4 resistance is,
5
27. Sol. I= = 1.25 mA
4 × 10 3
40 4H C
29. (a)
+V –
o
Converting the given circuit into frequency
i( t ) domain and applying KCL at V(s),
R1 V(s)

For critically damped system,

1
= 1= ...(i) 5/s R2 1/Cs
2Q
where, = Damping factor
Q = Quality factor
For series RLC circuit, we get,
1 L 5
Q= ...(ii) V (s )
R C s + V (s) + V (s) = 0 ...(i)
From equation (i) and (ii), R1 R2 1/Cs
1 Q R 1 = 1 k , R2 = 2 k
=1
2 L and C = 1 µF
R C
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 125

Using the components value we get,

120 B
1 1 5 3V
V (s) + + s =
1 2 s
5 0.1 µF
or, V(s) = ...(ii)
3
s s+
2
Using partial fraction on equation (i), Time constant,
10 10 t = RC = 120 × 0.1 × 10–6
V(s) = ...(iii) vc(t) = 3 + (0 – 3) e–t/
3s 3
3 s+
2 = 3 (1 – e–t/ )
6 t/
Using inverse Laplace transform, C dvc (t ) 0.1 × 10 × 3× e
Ic(t) = =
10 3 /2 t dt
v(t) = [1 e ] ...(iv)
3s 6 t/
0.1 × 10 ×3e 1 t/
V (t ) 5 3 /2 t = 6
= e
Current, I= = [1 e ] mA 120 × 0.1 × 10 40
R2 3

30. Sol. Energy = VI dt

0
At steady state the inductor act as a short-circuit,
Vx ix 1 t/ 3 t/
= 3 ×e = × e
40 40 0
0
2ix +
–
3 6
10 u(t) A 5 = × 12 × 10 = 0.9 µJ
40
5
32. Sol.
vc(0–) = 0 V
Vx = 5 i x
vc(0+) = 0 V
By KCL,
At t = ,
Vx 2 ix
10 + + ix = 0
5 3

5ix 2 ix
10 + + ix = 0
5 +
8ix 10 V 2 vc( )
or, = 10 –
5
50
ix = A
8
2
vo(t) = 5ix(t) vc( ) = × 10 = 4 V
2+3
5 × 50
= = 31.25 V [By voltage divider]
8
vc(t) = 4[1 – e–t/ ]
31. (c) 3× 2 5
= ReqC = × = 1 sec.
vc (0–)
= 0V 3+2 6
vc(0+) = 0 V vc(1) = 4[1 – e–1/1] = 2.528 Volts
vc( ) = 3 V
126 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

33. Sol. = Req Ceq

= (4 + 2) × 0.1 = 0.6 sec.
1
Initial energy = (C1V12 + C 2V22 ) Vc(t) = Vc( ) + [Vc(0+) – Vc( )] e–t/
2
= 10 + (4 – 10) e–t/0.6
1
(3 × 12 + 1 × 32 ) = 6 J
= Vc(t) = (10 – 6 e–t/0.6) V
2
Final energy stored in capacitor 35. Sol.
1 At t = 0– ;
= (C1 + C 2 ) V 2
2 1
C1V1 + C2V2 = (C1 + C2) V
1×3+3×1 = (1 + 3) V
10
V= 1.5 V 10 V iL (0 ) = = 10 A
1
1
Final energy = (1 + 3) × (1.5)2 = 4.5 J
2
Energy dissipated = 6 – 4.5 = 1.5 J 10
iL(0–) = = 10 A
1
34. (d)
For t > 0 (using Laplace transform)
At t = 0–, switch is at position-1.

3 –3
10 × 10
–
+ I (s) 106
Vc(s)
10s +
–3
– 10 s
10 V 2 Vc(0 )

3
– 10 × 10
I(s) =
106
10 3 s +
10 × 2 10s
where, Vc(0–) = =4V ...(i)
2+3 106
Vc(s) = I (s ) ×
Vc(0–) = Vc (0+) = 4 V 10 s
At t = ,
10 6
Vc(s) =
4 2 s 2 + 10 8
Taking inverse Laplace, we get,
+ Vc(t) = 100 sin104 t V
Vc( ) 2 5A Steady state magnitude voltage across
–
capacitor is 100 V.

36. Sol.
Vc( ) = 5 × 2 = 10 V ...(ii) At t = 0–;
The time constant of the circuit is,
+
4 2 V 3F 2
1 –
+
2
i(0 )

2 +
12 V V 2F –
3
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 127

12
I= =2A
6 5
2 10 A 5
V3F = 10 × =4V
5 –
iL(0 ) = 5 A
3
V2F = 10 × =6V
5
iL(0–) = iL(0+) = 5 A
At t = 0+;
• The Laplace transform model of the circuit
for t > 0 is as follows:
4V 2
1
2
+
i(0 ) 5

10 I(s)
12 V 6V A 5 2.5 s
O.C. s
–
LiL(0 ) = 12.5 A

4
i(0+) = = 1A
2+2
10 12.5 10 5
Note: As the current direction is not mentioned I(s) = =
s 5 + 2.5s s s+2
in the question, thus by reversing the current
• By taking inverse Laplace transform,
direction 1 A can also be the answer.
i(t) = (10 – 5e–2t) u(t) A
37. Sol. • At t = 0.5 seconds,
Rt
V 5
is(t) = 1 e L i(t) = 10 A = 8.16 A
R e

3t 39. Sol.
15 2
is(t) = 1 e A Loop current,
1
1
i(t) = (1 e t / ) A ; t > 0
Current through 2 H, 1+1
1 L 1 1
i(t) = is (t ) = = = sec.
1+ 2 Req 1 + 1 2
3t
1
i(t) = 5 1 e 2 A i(t) = (1 e 2t ) A ; t > 0
2
At t = 0.5 sec,
At i(t) = 2 A,
1
3t i(t) = (1 e 1 ) A = 0.316 A
2
2 = 5 1 e 2

40. Sol.
By solving, t = 0.3405 sec. T = 3R0C = 3 sec.

38. Sol. t
R(t) = 1 ; 0 t 3 sec
3
• The equivalent circuit at t = 0– is as follows:
128 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

i(t) R(t)
250 Vc( )
+ V – +
R
1V C 5V 250 Vc( )
VR/500
–

1 By KCL at Vc( ),
R(t ) i(t ) + i(t ) dt = 1
C Vc ( ) 5 VR Vc ( )
+ + =0
t 250 500 250
1 i(t ) + i(t ) dt = 1
3 Vc ( ) 5 5 Vc ( ) Vc ( )
+ + =0
Differentiating both sides, we get, 250 500 250
(VR = 5 – Vc( ))
t di i
1 +i = 0
3 dt 3 1 1 1 5 5
Vc ( ) + =
250 500 250 250 500
di
(3 t ) + 2i = 0 Vc( ) [2 – 1 + 2] = 5(2 – 1)
dt
di 2 5
dt Vc( ) = Volts
= 3
i (3 t )
For time constant, = ReqC
Integrating on both sides, we get,
For Req(V S.C)
ln(i) = 2 ln(3 – t) + ln(c)
i(t) = c(3 – t)2 ; t 0 V-I method:
Given that, i(0) = 1 A 250 I
So, c(3 – 0)2 = 1 A + V –
R
+
1 250 V
c= A –
9 VR/500

1
i(t) = (3 t )2 A
9 By KCL at (V),
T VR VR V
At, t= = 1.5 sec I+ = +
2 250 500 250

1 VR VR V
(1.5)2 = 0.25 A I= +
i(t) = 500 250 250
9
V V V
41. (0.1386) I= + R + (V = –VR)
500 250 250
t=0 2 1 3
250 I= V =V
+ V –
500 500 500
R
S
V 500
5V 250 Vc(t) 0.6 µF = = Req
VR/500 I 3
500
= ReqC = × 0.6 µF
Vc(0) = –5 V = Vo 3
For t > 0, S is closed. 50 × 6
= H = 10 4 sec
For final value at t = (S.S), C O.C. 3
Vc(t) = VC( ) + (VC(0) – VC( )) e–t/
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 129

5 5 10 4 t 5k
= + 5 e 10 V
3 3
5 4 10 k
10 4 t +
Vc(t) = 5 e ic(0 )
3 3
4
5 20 e 10 t 10 V 1 mA
Vc(t) = Volts t 0
3
By KCL at (10 V)
If, Vc(t) = 0
10
4 1 10 4 t + iC (0 + ) + 1 mA = 0
5 = 20 e 10 t =e 5k
4
iC(0+) = –3 mA
1
ln = –104 t
4 dvC (0 + )
C = –3 mA
+1.386 = +104t dt
t = 1.386 × 10–4
dvC (0 + ) 3m 3m
t = 0.1386 × 10–3 = =
dt C 1m
t = 0.1386 msec
dvC (0 + )
42. (c) = –3 V/sec
dt
Given:
43. (1.44)
P t=0
In steady state the circuit is,
Q S

20 V 20 k iL ( ) = 1 A
+
1A V C( )
– 5k

For t < 0, ‘S’ is in position (P).

At t = 0 – (S.S), L S.C, C O.C iL( ) = 1 A
5k 5k = Ammeter current in steady state
VC( ) = 5 k 1 A = 5 kV
During the transient period the Laplace domain
20 V 20 k Vc(0 )
–
10 k transformed circuit with zero initial conditions,

– VC(s)
iL(0 )

sL
20
iL(0–) = = 1 mA = iL (0+ ) = I o 1/s 1/sC
20 k
iL(s ) R
By VDR,
20 × 10 k
VC(0–) =
(5 + 5 + 10) k
10 V = VC(0+) = Vo Nodal equation in s-domain
At t = 0+, ‘S’ is in position (Q) 1 VC ( s ) VC ( s )
+ + =0
L O.C. with Io, C S.C. with Vo s 1/ sC R + sL
130 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

1 R + sL Peak overshoot (or) First maxima

VC(s) =
s s 2 LC + RCs + 1 / 1 2
= e
VC (s) 1/ LC
IL(s) = = 0.25 × 3.14
R + sL R 1
s s2 + s + 1 (0.25)2
L LC = e = 0.4443

2
1 iL(t) A
n =
LC 1.444

R R C
and 2 n = =
L 2 L 1.0

5 × 10 3 100 × 10 12
=
2 10 × 10 3 0 TP t(sec)

= 2.5 × 10 +3 10 8 So, the maximum ammeter reading just after the

= 2.5 × 103 × 10–4 switch closed is,
= 0.25 iL (t ) max = 1 + 0.444 = 1.444 A

Answers
EE Transient and Steady-State Response
1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (b)

9. (b) 10. (c) 11. (b) 12. (a) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (b)

17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (d) 21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (a)

25. (b) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (c) 29. (*) 30. (d) 31. (2)

32. (6.99 × 10–6) 33. (a) 34. (100) 35. (54.99)

Solutions
EE Transient and Steady-State Response
1. (d) 2
Rnet = R 2R = R
Time constant, = Rnet C 3
Rnet = Net resistance across capacitor when all Hence time constant,
the independent voltage sources are short- 2
= RC sec.
circuited and all independent current sources 3
are open-circuited.
2. (d)
When switch is closed, current through
R
capacitor,
S.C. 2R dV (t )
I= C c
Rnet dt
V = RI + Vc(t)
dV (t )
1 = RC c + Vc (t )
dt
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 131

Q At t = 0+, Vc(t)
Vc(0+) = 0
t/ RC
dV (t ) V(1 – e )
1 = RC c + 0
dt
dVc (0 + ) 1
Hence, = t
dt RC T
i.e., capacitor charges till t = T and then
3. (a)
discharges.
VOC 8 Hence, Vc(max) = V(1 – e– /RC)
R= = 3
=2k
I SC 4 × 10
7. (d)
L = 6 mH
Current through inductor,
L 6 × 10 3
Time constant, = = = 3 µ sec. 1
t
R 2 × 10 3 i(t) = v(t ) dt
L
4. (c)
t
Q Ideal voltage has zero internal resistance, 1
= 12 t 2 dt for t 0 = 4t3 A
Time constant, 1
0
= RC = 0
Hence capacitor will charge instantaneously. 8. (b)
At t = 0+ inductor works as open-circuit, hence
5. (c) complete source voltage drops across it and
di(t ) i( t) consequently, current through the resistor R is
V= L
dt zero. Hence, voltage across the resistor at t = 0+
Constant direct current
For i(t) = I u(t) I is zero, and further with time it rises according
d to VR(t) = (1 – e–Rt/L) u(t).
V= L I u(t ) t
dt V(t)
= LI (t) viz an ideal impulse function
1
6. (a)

R
+
0 t
+
Vs(t) C Vc(t)
– 9. (b)
– For transient free response,
Given, L
tan( t0) =
R
Vs(t )
2 × 50 × 0.01
tan(2 × 50 × t0) =
V 5
1
t 2 × 50 × t0 = tan
0 T 5
i.e., Vs = V[u(t) – u(t – T)] = 32.14° = 0.561 rad
Q Vc(t) = Vs(t) × (1 – e–t/RC) 0.561
t0 = = 1.786 ms
= V(1 – e–t/RC) × [u(t) – u(t – n)] 100
132 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

10. (c) dq (100 C q0 ) 1/ RC

i= = e
Vc(t) = Vc( ) – [Vc( ) – Vc (0)] e–t/RC dt RC
e–t/RC = 40e–1 = 14.7 A
10×10 6
10
×10 3 ×11×10 9 13. (b)
Vc (peak) = 10 (10 0) e 11
At (t 0+), the capacitor act as short-circuit. At
= 10 – (1 – e–1) = 6.32 V
(t ), the capacitor will become open-circuit.
10
[where, Rnet = 10 1 = k ] 10
11
10
Vc( ) = 11 × = 10 V +
10 + 1 VC( )
20 V 10
and –
Q pulse of duration 10 µs is applied.
Hence capacitor charges till 10 µs and then starts
Voltage across capacitor
discharging, so Vc will be maximum at t = 10 µs.
20
= × 10 = 10 V
11. (b) 10 + 10
Before closing the switch, the circuit was not
14. (c)
energized, therefore, current through inductor
Before closing the switch, at t = 0–, the circuit is
and voltage across capacitor are zero.
in steady-state. So, inductor behaves as short-
After closing the switch, at t = 0+ inductor acts
circuit.
as open-circuit and capacitor acts as short-
10
circuit.
Equivalent circuit at t = 0+.
3 10 V iL S.C.

10 V 4 4 VL(0 )
+
10
=1A
iL(0–) =
10
After closing the switch, at t = 0+
Current through inductor can not change
10
I= =2A abruptly.
3+4 4
iL(0+) = iL(0–) = 1 A
VL(0+) = I × (4 4) = 2 × 2 = 4 V
15. (c)

12. (a) Before moving the switch, at t = 0–

The circuit is in steady-state and inductor
Using KVL,
behaves as short-circuit.
dq q
100 = R + The circuit at t = 0–,
dt C
20
dq
100 C = RC +q
dt
q dq 1 t 120 V iL(0 )
–

= dt
q0 100 C q RC 0 40
100 C – q = (100C – q0) e–t/RC
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 133

120 1 2
iL(0–) = =2A Remaining Li1 energy in inductor
20 + 40 2
After moving the switch, W1 = 0.05 W0
At t = 0+ = 0.05 × 20 = 1 Joule
Current through inductor can not change 1 2
abruptly. Li1 = 1
2
So, iL(0+) = iL(0–) = 2 A
1
20
× 10 × i12 = 1
2
–
1
2A i1 = = 0.4472 A
5
R VL
Let at t = T, current decrease to i1,
40 0.4472 = 2e –10T
+ T 0.15 sec.

VL = iL(0+) × {20 + R} 17. (b)

120 = 2 × (20 + R) Voltage across capacitor will discharge through
R = 40 inductor upto voltage across the capacitor
16. (b) becomes zero. During this period, electrostatic
energy stored in capacitor is transferred into
The circuit (in s-domain)
magnetic energy which is stored in inductor.
20
Now inductor will start charging capacitor,
+
magnetic energy in inductor is converted into
LiL(0 ) = 10 × 2 = 20 V
electrostatic energy in capacitor.
I(s) Expression for Vc(t) can be obtained in s-domain.
40 Ls = 10s
As capacitor is charged initially to voltage V0,
then representation of capacitor in s-domain.
40

+
VC(0 ) Vo/s
20
I(s) =
(20 + 40 + 40) + 10s
1
20 2 Zc =
= C sC
=
10s + 100 s + 10
1 1 2 10t
i(t) = L [ I (s)] = L = 2e As current though the inductor is zero at t = 0,
s + 10
then
R eff
+ t
or, i(t) = iL (0 ) e L

(20 + 40 + 40)
t
10t
= 2e 10 = 2e L sL
Initial stored energy in inductor
1 2 +
W0 = LiL (0 )
2
1
= × 10 × 2 2 = 20 Joules
2
134 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

The circuit at t > 0, Voltage across,

R3 = V = 5 V
Vo/s Current through,
V 5
V(s ) I (s) sL R 3 = I1 = = = 5A
R3 1
1/sC Apply KCL,
–I + I1 – IV = 0
Current through voltage source
V0 / s V0
I(s) = = = IV = I1 – I
1 1
+ sL s 2 L + = 5–1=4A
sC C
19. (d)
V0 1
I(s) = R IR
L s2 + 1
LC T1 S1
Vs
Voltage across capacitor = Voltage across
S2
inductor = V(s), + P1
25 V VP C
V(s) = I(s) × (sL) – + –
P2
T1
V0 1 s VT
= × (sL ) = V0 T2
L s2 + 1 1
s2 +
LC LC
All the three windings has same number of
1 turns, so magnitude of induced emf’s in all the
As, 0 =
LC three windings will be same i.e.
s VP = VS = VT
V(s) = V0 2 2
s + 0 Polarity of the windings is decided on the basis
Voltage across the capacitor of dot-convention. As capacitor is charged to
5 V with left plates as positive.
1 V0 s
= V(t) = L–1[(V(s)] = L So, T1 is positive w.r.t T2,
2 2
s + 0
VT = VT1 VT2 = 5 V
V(t) = V0 cos 0t
As T2 has negative polarity. So, P1 has negative
where,
polarity.
1
0 =
LC Therefore, VP = VP1 VP2 = 5 V
Similarly, S1 has negative polarity.
18. (d)
So, VS = VS1 VS2 = 5 V
In steady-state, inductor behaves as short-
Vs 5
circuit and capacitor behaves as open-circuit. IR = = = 0.5 A
R 10
R1 R2

Iv 20. (d)
SW2 R2 = 10
S.C. O.C. I1
O.C. V
+
I S.C. R3
R1 = 10 SW1 L 10 A 10 V C
–
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 135

At (t = 0+), the circuit becomes, Charged stored in the capacitor = Area under
VL 10 i - t curve,
Q = A1 + A2
1
+ = (2 × 10 6 ) × (4 × 10 3 )
10 10 A V 10 V
2
– 1
+ (4 + 2) × 10 3 × (5 2) × 10 6
2
6× 3 9
= 4+ × 10 = 13 nC
2
By KCL,
23. (d)
VL VL 10
10 + =0
10 10 Capacitor charged upto 5 µs, so total charge
2VL = 110 stored in capacitor = Q = 13 nC.
VL = 55 V Voltage across the capacitor before connecting
to inductor,
55 10
IC = = 4.5 A
10 Q 13 × 10 9
V0 = = = 43.33 V
C 0.3 × 10 9
21. (c) Voltage across the capacitor at time t,
For finding time constant, we neglect current Vc(t) at t = 1 µs
source as a open-circuit.
Vc (t ) t = 1 µs = [V0 cos 0t]t = 1 µs
Circuit becomes,
1F 3 1 6
1F 3 × 1 × 10
0t = 3 9
0.6 × 10 × 0.3 × 10

1F 1F 3 2F 3
= 2.357 rad = 135°

Vc (t ) t = 1 µs = 43.33 × cos135°

–30.6 V

Ceq = 2/3 F
24. (a)
6 = Req
At t = 0–, S1 is closed, S2 is open.

Time constant = Req Ceq

2
= 6× = 4 sec. 3V C1 C2
3

22. (c)
C1 gets charged upto 3 V
i(t) mA
Charge stored in C1,
4 Q0 = C1V = 1 × 3 = 3C
Voltage across C2 is zero at t = 0–, so no charge
2 is stored in C2.
A1 A2 At t > 0, S1 is open and S2 is closed.
µs Charge stored (Q 0 ) initially in C 1 gets
2 µs 5 µs
redistributed between C1 and C2.
136 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

IC
Q1 Q2 +
5V 4V 4
C1 V C2 –

Let charge stored in C1 = Q1 Current through capacitor at t = 0+

Charge stored in C2 = Q2 4
According to conservation of charge IC(0+) = = 1A
4
Q1 + Q2 = Q0 = 3 ...(i)
Voltage across C1 = Voltage across C2, 26. (d)
Q1 Q2 Q1 Q2 Initial current through the inductor is zero and
= =
C1 C2 1 2 capacitor voltage is charged upto voltage,
Q2 = 2Q1 VC(0–) = 100 V
Solving equation (i) and (ii) we get, As current through inductor and voltage across
Q1 = 1 C and Q2 = 2C capacitor can not change abruptly.
Voltage across combination So, after closing the switch,
iL(0+) = iL(0–) = 0
Q1 1
= = =1V and VC(0+) = VC(0–) = 100 V
C1 1
The circuit is s-domain,
Alternate method:
sL
VC1 C 1 + VC 2 C 2
VC1 = VC 2 = Vc (0 + ) 100
C1 + C 2 =
s s
I (s )
25. (b) 1/sC
As the switch has been closed for a long time,
the circuit is in steady-state. At steady-state,
capacitor is open-circuit, 100 / s 100 1
I(s) = =
1 L s2 + 1
I 1 sL +
sC LC

–
5V VC(0 ) 4
C 1/ LC
= 100
L 2
1
– s2 +
Circuit at t = 0 LC
Using KVL, Taking inverse Laplace transform,
5 – I – 4I = 0 i(t) = L –1[I(s)]
I = 1A
C 1
VC(0–) = 4 × 1 = 4 V = 100 sin t
L LC
As the voltage across capacitor can not change
10 × 10 3 1
abruptly. = 100 × 3
× sin t
1 × 10 1 × 10 3
× 10 × 10 6
So, VC(0+) = VC(0–) = 4 V
Circuit at t = 0+ i(t) = 10 sin(104 t) A
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 137

27. (d) Putting values of R, C and I we get,

3
1 3 20 × 10 1
S Vs(s) = s (20 × 10 × 200 2) + 6
×
s
10

t=0 1 3 1 20 × 10 3
= (2 2) + 20 × 10 × =
C1 C2
s s s2
i(t)
20 × 10 3
Vs(s) =
s2
Circuit is s-domain, or, Vs(t) = 20000t u(t)
Vs(s) = (20000)t u(t)...
i(s)
which is the equation of a straight line passing
through origin.
12/s
Hence, option (c) is correct.
1/sC2
29. (*)
1/sC1
Circuit for t < 0,

By applying KVL,
R
12 I (s ) 1 1
+ + =0 V01
s s C1 C 2 + – +
Vc(0 ) = Vc(0 ) = V01
12C1C2 –
I(s) = = k (constant)
C1 + C 2
Circuit for t = :
i(t) = k (t) In steady-state capacitor becomes open-circuit.
Current i(t) is an impulse function. Vc( ) = –V02
28. (c)
R
Given: C = 1 µF, vc(0) = –2 V R
R = 100 , I = 20 mA V02
–
Circuit for the given condition at time t > 0 is Vc ( ) = V02
shown below. +

We know that,
VC2 (0) 2
= Vc(t) = Vc( ) – [Vc( ) – Vc(0+)] e–t/
s s I/Cs
= Time constant of given circuit
= 2 RC
+ Vc(t) = –V02 – (V02 – V01) e–t/2RC
I/s Vs(s) I/s R
= (V02 – V01) – (V02 – V01) e–t/2RC – V01
–
or, Vc(t) = (V02 + V01) (e–t/2RC – 1) + V01

30. (d)
Applying KVL we have, R

2 1 1 I
Vs(s) = + R+
s s Cs
V L
1 I 1 I
= 2 + IR + = ( IR 2) +
s Cs s Cs
138 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Initially (t = 0 – ) the inductor would be KCL at node A,

uncharged. VA 3 3 VA 3
+ + =0
So, I(0+) = 0 1 2 2
The KVL in the loop will be 2(VA – 3) + 3 + (VA – 3) = 0
dI 3 VA = 6, VA = 2
V = RI + L
dt
di(0 + )
dI + VA = L =2
At t = 0+, V = RI (0+ ) + L (0 ) dt
dt
Since, I(0+) = 0 di(0+ ) 2 2
= = = 2 A/sec
dI + dt L 1
V
So, (0 ) =
dt L 32. Sol.
Now, lets differentiate the above equation,
S1
dV dI d2 I
So, = R +L 2
dt dt dt
4V 5 µF 5
dI d2 I
0 = R +L 2
dt dt
dI + dI 2
At t = 0+, 0 = R (0 ) + L 2 (0 + ) 4 t/
dt dt i(t) = e
5
d2 I R t = RC = 25 × 10–6 sec.
So, 2
(0 + ) = 2
V
dt L Change lost by capacitor from t = 25 µs to 100 µs
is
31. Sol.
100 µ sec
S1
1 i(t ) dt = 6.99 × 10–6 C
S2
25 µ sec

2 33.. (a)
3V 1H
From the given circuit, consider the following
3V circuit diagram,
8
At t = 0–,
6
8 32
2 32
3/2 A 50 V

3V
After rearrangement,
5A 8
iL(0+) = iL(0–) = 1.5 A
At t = 0+, 6
–
1 8 i(0 ) = 2.5 A

50 V
2
3V 1H
For t 0, I0 = i(0–) = 2.5 A
3V we can write, i(t) = I0 e–Rt/L
i(t) = 2.5 e–4t A
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 139

34. Sol. 35. Sol.

Consider the following circuit diagram, If initial charge polarities on the capacitor is
opposite to the supply voltage then only the
1F capacitor voltage crosses the zero line.
5 5
R
5
10 V
t=0
5 5 10 V C

After minimizing circuit elements we can have

the following circuit, Vc(t) Final value + (Initial value – Final value)
e–t/ ,
1F
0 = 10 + (–V0 – 10) e–0.4
10 = (V0 + 10) e–0.4
10 V i (t ) 5 V0 = 4.918 V
Now, t = 0.2
0 = 10 + ( V0 10) e 0.2
Here, = RC = 5 sec.
V0 = 2.214
Now current,
% change in voltage
V t/ 10 t /5 0.2 t
i(t) = e = e = 2e 4.918 2.214
R 5 = × 100%
Energy supplied by the source, 4.918
= 54.99%
0.2 t
E= 10 × 2 e dt
0

= 100 J
 5 Two Port Networks

ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G 2 1 2 8

(a) 8 3 (b) 8 3
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers)

Q.1 Two 2-port networks are connected in parallel. 0 1 2 1

(c) 1 0 (d) 1 3
The combination is to be represented as a single
two-port network. The parameters of this [EC-1990 : 2 Marks]
network are obtained by addition of the
individual Q.5 Two 2-port networks are connected in cascade.
(a) z-parameters The combination is to the represented as a single
two-port network. The parameters of the
(b) h-parameters
network are obtained by multiplying the
(c) y-parameters
individual
(d) ABCD parameters
(a) z-parameter matrics
[EC-1988 : 2 Marks]
(b) h-parameter matrics
Q.2 For the transfer function of a physical two-port (c) y-parameter matrics
network:
(d) ABCD parameter matrics
(a) all the zeros must lie only in the left half of
[EC-1991 : 2 Marks]
the s-plane.
(b) the poles may lie anywhere in the s-plane. Q.6 For a two-port network to be reciprocal
(c) the poles lying on the imaginary axis must (a) z11 = z22 (b) y21 = y12
be simple. (c) h21 = –h12 (d) AD – BC = 0
(d) a pole may lie at origin. [EC-1992 : 2 Marks]
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks]
Q.7 The condition, that a two-port network is
Q.3 The condition AD – BC = 1 for a two-port reciprocal, can be expressed in terms of its ABCD
network implies that the network is a parameters as _______ .
(a) reciprocal network [EC-1994 : 1 Mark]
(b) lumped element network
Q.8 The short-circuit admittance matrix of a two-
(c) lossless network
port network is
(d) unilateral element network
[EC-1989 : 2 Marks] 0 1/2
1/2 0
Q.4 The open-circuit impedance matrix of the two-
port network shown in figure is The two-port network is
(a) non-reciprocal and passive
I1 2 I2
(b) non-reciprocal and active
+ +
(c) reciprocal and passive
V1 1 3I1 V2 (c) reciprocal and active
[EC-1998 : 1 Mark]
– –
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 141

Q.9 A two-port network is shown in the figure. The Q.12 The impedance parameters Z11 and Z12 of the
parameters h21 for this network can be given by two-port network in the figure are
2 2 2
I1 R R I2
1 2
+ +
1 1
V1 R V2

– – 1 2
(a) Z11 = 2.75 and Z12 = 0.25
1 1 (b) Z11 = 3 and Z12 = 0.5
(a) (b) +
2 2
(c) Z11 = 3 and Z12 = 0.25
3 3
(c) (d) + (d) Z11 = 2.25 and Z12 = 0.5
2 2
[EC-2003 : 2 Marks]
[EC-1999 : 1 Mark]
Q.13 For the lattice circuit shown in the figure,
Q.10 The admittance parameter y12 in the two-port
Za = j2 and Zb = 2 . The value of the open-
network in figure is
Z11 Z12
I1 20 I2 circuit impedance parameters, are
Z21 Z22

Zb
E1 5 10 E2
1 3

Za

(a) –0.2 (b) 0.1 Za

(c) –0.05 (d) 0.05

2 4
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark] Zb

Q.11 The Z-parameters Z11 and Z21 for the two-port 1 j 1+ j 1 j 1+ j

network in the figure are (a) 1+ j 1+ j (b) 1+ j 1 j
I1 2 I2 1+ j 1+ j 1+ j 1+ j
(c) 1 j 1 j (d) 1+ j 1+ j
4
E1 E2 [EC-2004 : 2 Marks]

10 E1 Q.14 The ABCD parameters of an ideal n : 1

n 0
6 16 transformer shown in the figure are .
(a) Z11 = ; Z21 = 0 X
11 11
6 4 The value of X will be
(b) Z11 = ; Z21 =
11 11 I1 I2
6 16
(c) Z11 = ; Z21 =
11 11
V1 V2
4 4
(d) Z11 = ; Z21 =
11 11
[EC-2001 : 2 Marks] n:1
 142 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

(a) n (b) 1/n Linked Answer Questions (18 and 19):

(c) n2 (d) 1/n2 A two-port network shown below is excited by external
[EC-2005 : 1 Mark] dc sources. The voltages and currents are measured
with voltmeters V1, V2 and ammeters A1, A2 (all assumed
Q.15 The h-parameters of the circuit shown in the
to be ideal) as indicated. Under following switch
figure are
conditions, the readings obtained are:
I1 10 I2
S1 S2
+ + + A –
1 2
– A +
1 2

V1 20 V2
+ + +
Two-port +
6V V1 V2 1.5 V
– – Network
– – – –

0.1 0.1 10 1
(a) (b) 1 2
0.1 0.3 1 0.05
(i) S1 – open, S2 – closed A1 = 0 A, V1 = 4.5 V,
30 20 10 1
(c) (d) V2 = 1.5 V, A2 = 1 A
20 20 1 0.05
(ii) S1 – closed, S2 – open A1 = 4 A, V1 = 6 V,
[EC-2005 : 2 Marks]
V2 = 6 V, A2 = 0 A
Q.16 A two-port network is represented by ABCD
Q.18 The Z-parameter matrix for this network is
parameters given by
1.5 1.5 1.5 4.5
V1 A B V2 (a) (b)
= 4.5 1.5 1.5 4.5
I1 C D I2
1.5 4.5 4.5 1.5
If port-2 terminated by RL, the input impedance
(c) 1.5 1.5 (d) 1.5 4.5
seen at port-1 is given by
A + BRL ARL + C [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
(a) (b)
C + DRL BRL + D Q.19 The h-parameter matrix for this network is

DRL + A B + ARL 3 3 3 1
(c) (d) (a) (b)
BRL + C D + CRL 1 0.67 3 0.67
[EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
3 3 3 1
(c) 1 0.67 (d) 3 0.67
Q.17 In the two-port network shown in the figure
below, Z12 and Z21 are, respectively [EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
I1 I2
Q.20 For the two-port network shown below, the
short-circuit admittance parameter matrix is
re I1 ro 0.5
1 2

0.5 0.5
(a) re and ro (b) 0 and – ro
(c) 0 and ro (d) re and – ro 1 2
[EC-2006 : 1 Mark]
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 143

4 2 1 0.5 Q.23 With 10 V dc connected at port A, the current

(a) S (b) S drawn by 7 connected at port B is
2 4 0.5 1
3 5
1 0.5 4 2 (a) A (b) A
(c) S (d) S 7 7
0.5 1 2 4
9
[EC-2010 : 1 Mark] (c) 1 A (d) A
7
Q.21 In the circuit shown below, the network N is [EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
described by the following Y matrix:
Q.24 In the h-parameter model of the two-port
0.1 S 0.01 S network given in the figure shown, the value of
Y=
0.01 S 0.1 S h22 (in S) is ______ .
The voltage gain V2/V1 is
3

25 I1 I2
+ + 1 3 3 2

100 V V1 N V2 100
2
– – 1 2 2 2

1 1
(a) (b) [EC-2014 : 2 Marks]
90 90
1 1 Q.25 Consider the building block called ‘Network N’
(c) (d)
99 11 shown in the figure.
[EC-2011 : 2 Marks] Let, C = 100 µF and R = 10 k .

Common Data Questions (22 and 23): Network (N)

With 10 V dc connected at port A in the linear non-
reciprocal two-port network shown below, the following C
were observed.
V1(s) R V2(s)
(i) 1 connected at port B draws a current of 3 A.
(ii) 2.5 connected at port B draws a current of 2 A.

+ +
A B
Two such blocks are connected in cascade, as
– –
shown in the figure.
Q.22 For the same network, with 6 V dc connected at
port A, 1 connected at port B draws 7/3 A. If +
8 V dc is connected to port A, the open-circuit
Network Network
voltage at port B is V1(s)
(N) (N)
V3(s)

(a) 6 V (b) 7 V
–
(c) 8 V (d) 9 V
[EC-2012 : 2 Marks]
 144 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

The transfer function V3(s)/V1(s) of the cascaded 3.5 + j 2 20.5

network is (a)
20.5 3.5 j2
2
s s
(a) (b) 3.5 + j 2 0.5
1+ s 1 + 3s + s 2 (b)
0.5 3.5 j 2
2
s s
(c) (d) 10 2 + j0
1+s 2+s
(c)
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] 2 + j0 10

Q.26 For the two-port network shown in the figure, 7 + j4 0.5

(d)
the impedance (Z) matrix (in ) is 30.5 7 j4
30 [EC-2015 : 2 Marks]
1 2
+
Q.29 Consider a two-port network with the
10 60 transmission matrix:
A B
– T=
1 2 C D
6 24 9 8 If the network is reciprocal, then
(a) 42 9 (b) 8 24 (a) T–1 = T
9 6 42 6 (b) T2 = T
(c) 6 24 (d) 6 60 (c) Determinant (T) = 0
[EC-2014 : 2 Marks] (d) Determinant (T) = 1
[EC-2016 : 1 Mark]
Q.27 The two-port admittance matrix of the circuit
shown is given by Q.30 The Z-parameter matrix for the two-port
5 network shown is
2j j
j 3+ 2j
10 10
where the entries are in .
Suppose, Zb(j ) = Rb + j
0.3 0.2 15 5 Za Zb
(a) (b) 1 2
0.2 0.3 5 15
3.33 5 0.3 0.4 Zc
(c) 5 3.33 (d) 0.4 0.3
[EC-2015 : 1 Mark] 1 2
Then the value of Rb (in ) equals _____ .
Q.28 The ABCD parameters of the following two-port
network are [EC-2016 : 1 Mark]

(5 + j4) (5 – j4)
Z11 Z12
Q.31 The Z-parameter matrix for the
Z21 Z22
(2 + j0)
two-port network shown is
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 145

3 Two-port network

Input port Output port

2:1
6
Port-1 Port-2
2 2 2 2 [EC-2020 : 2 Marks]
(a) 2 2 (b) 2 2
Q.35 Consider the two-port network shown in the
9 3 9 3
figure.
(c) 6 9 (d) 6 9
I1 1 I2
[EC-2016 : 2 Marks]
+ +
Q.32 The ABCD matrix for a two-port network is
V1 1 3V2 1 V2
defined by
– –
V1 A B V2
=
I1 C D I2 The admittance parameters, in Siemens are
I1 2 2 I2 (a) y11 = 1, y12 = –2, y21 = –1, y22 = 3
+ + (b) y11 = 2, y12 = –4, y21 = –4, y22 = 2
(c) y11 = 2, y12 = –4, y21 = –4, y22 = 3
V1 5 V2
(d) y11 = 2, y12 = –4, y21 = –1, y22 = 2
– – [EC-2021 : 2 Marks]

The parameter B for the given two-port network Q.36 A linear two-port network is shown in Fig. (a).
(in , correct to two decimal places) is ____ . An ideal DC voltage source of 10 V is connected
[EC-2018 : 1 Mark] across Port-1. A variable resistance R is
connected across Port-2. As R is varied, the
Q.33 In the given circuit, the two-port network has
measured voltage and current at Port-2 is shown
40 60 in Fig. (b) as a V2 versus –I2 plot. Note that for
the impedance matrix [ Z ] = . The V2 = 5 V, I2 = 0 mA and for V2 = 4 V, I2 = –4 mA.
60 120
When the variable resistance R at Port-2 is
value of ZL for which maximum power is replaced by the load shown in Fig. (c), the
transferred to the load is ______ . current I2 is ______ mA (Rounded off to one
10 I1 I2 decimal places).
+ +
I1 I2 A
120 V V1 [Z] V2 ZL + +

– –
10 V V1 Networks V2 R

[EC-2020 : 1 Mark]
– –
Q.34 For a two-port network consisting of an ideal B
lossless transformer, the parameter S21 (rounded Fig. (a)

off to two decimal places) for a reference

impedance of 10 , is ______ .
 146 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

(a) higher voltage (b) lower impedance

V2
(c) greater power (d) better regulation
5V
1k [EE-2001 : 1 Mark]
4V
Q.5 A two-port network, shown in figure, is
10 V described by the following equations:
–I2 I1 = Y11E1 + Y12E2
Fig. (b) 4 mA Fig. (c)
I2 = Y21E1 + Y22E2
[EC-2022] 2 2
I1 I2

ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) E1 2 E2

Q.1 If a two-port network is reciprocal, then we have,

with the usual notation, the following
The admittance parameters, Y11, Y12, Y21 and
relationship
Y22 for the network shown are
(a) h12 = h21 (b) h12 = –h21
(a) 0.5 , 1 , 2 and 1 respectively.
(c) h11 = h22 (d) h11h22 – h12h21 = 1
[EE-1994 : 1 Mark] 1 1 1 1
(b) , , and respectively.
3 6 3 3
Q.2 For the two-port network shown in figure, the
(c) 0.5 , 0.5 , 1.5 and 2 respectively.
admittance matrix is _______ .
2 3 3 2
I1 10 I2 (d) , , and respectively.
5 7 7 5
+ +
[EE-2000 : 2 Marks]
V1 10 10 V2
Q.6 The h-parameters for a two-port network are
– –
defined by
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks]
E1 h11 h12 I1
=
Q.3 A two-port device is defined by the following I2 h21 h22 E2
pair of equations: For the two-port networks shown in figure, the
i1 = 2V1 + V2 and i2 = V1 + V2 value of h12 is given by

Z11 Z12 I1 4 2 2 I2
Its impedance parameters are
Z21 Z22

given by E1 2 4 E2
2 1 1 1
(a) 1 1 (b) 1 2
1 1 2 1 (a) 0.125 (b) 0.167
(c) 1 2 (d) 1 1 (c) 0.625 (d) 0.25
[EE-2003 : 2 Marks]
[EE-2000 : 2 Marks]
Q.7 The Z-matrix of a two-port network is given by
Q.4 A passive two-port network is in steady-state.
Compared to its input, the steady-state output 0.9 0.2
Z=
can never offer 0.2 0.6 .
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 147

The element Y22 of the corresponding Y matrix Ri Ro

of the same network is given by
+
(a) 1.2 (b) 0.4
(c) –0.4 (d) 1.8 Vi + AVi
–
[EE-2004 : 2 Marks]
–
Q.8 For the two-port network shown in the figure
the Z-matrix is given by (a) 1 V, , 10 (b) 1 V, 0, 10

Z2
(c) 1 V, 0, (d) 10 V, , 10
i1 i2
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]

V1 Z1 V2 Q.11 The parameter type and the matrix

representation of the relevant two-port
parameters that describe the circuit shown are:
Z1 Z1 + Z2 I1 I2
(a)
Z1 + Z2 Z2 + +

Z1 Z1
(b) V1 V2
Z1 + Z2 Z2
– –
Z1 Z2
(c)
Z1 Z1 + Z2 0 0
(a) z-parameters,
Z1 Z1 0 0
(d)
Z1 Z1 + Z2 1 0
(b) h-parameters,
[EE-2005 : 1 Mark] 0 1

Q.9 Two networks are connected in cascade as 0 0

(c) g-parameters,
shown in the figure. With the usual notations 0 0
the equivalent A, B, C and D constants are
1 0
obtained. Given that, C = 0.025 45°, the value (d) z-parameters,
0 1
of Z2 is
[EE-2006 : 2 Marks]
Z1 = 10 30°

Q.12 The two-port network ‘P’ shown in the figure

Z2 has port 1 and 2 denoted by terminals (a, b) and
(c, d), respectively. It has an impedance matrix
Z with parameters denoted by Zij, A 1 resistor
(a) 10 30° (b) 40 –450° is connected in series with the network at port 1
(c) 1 (d) 0 as shown in the figure. The impedance matrix
of the modified two-port network (shown as a
[EE-2005 : 2 Marks]
dashed box) is
Q.10 The parameters of the circuit shown in the figure
1 a
are: e c

Ri = 1 M , Ro = 10 , A = 106 V/V P
If Vi = 1 µV, the output voltage, input impedance
and output impedance respectively are f b d
 148 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Z11 + 1 Z12 + 1 s 4 + 3s 2 + 1 s 4 + 2s 2 + 4
(a) (a) (b)
Z21 Z22 + 1 s3 + 2s s2 + 2
Z11 + 1 Z12
(b) s2 + 1 s3 + 1
Z21 Z22 + 1 (c) (d)
s 4 + s2 + 1 s 4 + s2 + 1
Z11 + 1 Z12 [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
(c)
Z21 Z22
Q.16 The Z-parameter of the two-port network shown
Z11 + 1 Z12 in the figure are:
(d) [EE-2010 : 2 Marks]
Z21 + 1 Z22 Z11 = 40 , Z12 = 60 , Z21 = 80 and Z22 = 100
Common Data for Questions (13 and 14): The average power delivered to RL = 20 , in
Watts, is _______ .
With 10 V dc connected at port ‘A’ in the linear non-
reciprocal two-port network shown below, the following 10 I1 I2
were observed: + +
(i) 1 connected at port ‘B’ draws a current of
3 A. 20 V V1 [Z] V2 RL

(ii) 2.5 connected at port ‘B’ draws a current

of 2 A. – –

+ + [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]
A B
– – Q.17 The driving point input impedances seen from
the source Vs of the circuit shown below (in ),
Q.13 For the same network with 6 V dc connected at is _______ .
port ‘A’, 1 connected at port ‘B’ draws 7/3 A.
Is 2 2
If 8 V dc is connected to port ‘A’, the open-circuit
+ V –
voltage at port ‘B’ is 1

(a) 6 V (b) 7 V
Vs 3 4V1 4
(c) 8 V (d) 9 V
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks]

Q.14 With 10 V dc connected at port ‘A’, the current [EE-2016 : 2 Marks]

drawn by 7 connected at port ‘B’ is
Q.18 Two passive two-port networks are connected
3 5
(a) A (b) A in cascade as shown in figure. A voltage source
7 7
is connected at port 1.
9
(c) 1 A (d) A I1 I2 I3
7
+ + +
[EE-2012 : 2 Marks] Two-port Two-port
V1 V2 V3
Network-1 Network-2
Q.15 The driving point impedance Z(s) for the circuit –
– –
shown below is Port-1 Port-2 Port-3
1H 1H
Given, V1 = A1V2 + B1I2
I1 = C1V2 + D1I2
Z(s) 1F 1F
V2 = A2V3 + B2I3
I2 = C2V3 + D2I3
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 149

A1, B1, C1, D1, A2, B2, C2 and D2 are in generalized Q.19 In the two-port network shown, the h 11
circuit constants. If the Thevenin equivalent parameter (where, h11 = V1/Ii , when V2 = 0)
circuit at port 3 consists of a voltage source VT (in ) is _______ (upto 2 decimal places).
and an impedance ZT, connected in series, then 2I1
V1 A B + B1D2
(a) VT = , ZT = 1 2
A1 A2 A1 A2 + B1C 2
1 1

V1 A B + B1D2 + +
(b) VT = , ZT = 1 2 I1
A1 A2 + B1C 2 A1 A2
V1 1 V2
V1 A B + B1D2
(c) VT = , ZT = 1 2 – –
A1 + A2 A1 + A2

V1 A B + B1D2 [EE-2018 : 1 Mark]

(d) VT = , ZT = 1 2
A1 A2 + B1C 2 A1 A2 + B1C 2
[EE-2017 : 2 Marks]

Electronics & Electrical Engineering

GATE Previous Years Solved Paper

A n swe rs & Expl a n a t i o n s

Answers
EC Two-Port Network

1. (c) 2. (c, d) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (b, c) 7. (1) 8. (b)

9. (a) 10. (c) 11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (d) 16. (d)
17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (a) 21. (d) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (1.25)
25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (a) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (3) 31. (a) 32. (4.80)
33. (48) 34. (0.8) 35. (d) 36. (4)

Answers
EC Two-Port Network

1. (c) 3. (a)
[Y] = [Y]A + [Y]B For reciprocal network,
AD – BC = 1
2. (c, d)
The poles lying on the imaginary axis must be 4. (a)
simple. A pole may lie at origin. V1 1 × I2
Z 12 = = =1
I2 I1 = 0 I2
150 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

V1 I1 (y3) I2
Z 22 =
I2 I1 = 0
20
2 I 2 × 1I 2
Z 22 = =3 E1 (y1) 5 10 (y2) E2
I2
2 I1 × 1
Z 11 = = 2
I1 1
y 12 = = 0.05
20
V2
Z 21 =
I1 I2 = 0 11. (c)

6 I1 + V1 6 I1 2 I1 V1 = Z11I1 + Z12I2
Z 21 = = V2 = Z21I1 + Z22I2
I1 I1
Z 21 = –8 V1
Z 11 =
I1 I2 = 0
5. (d)
ABCD parameter matrices, Applying KVL in LHS loop,
E1 – 2I1 – 4I1 + 10E1 = 0
A B A1 B1 A2 B2
= 11E1 = 6I1
C D C1 D1 C2 D2
E1 6
=
6. (b, c) I1 11

y 21 = y 12 V2
Z 21 =
h 21 = –h 12 I1 I2 = 0

7. Sol. KVL in RHS loop,

AD – BC = 1 E2 – 4I1 + 10E1 = 0
6 b
8. (b) E2 4 I 1 + 10 ×I1 = 0 E1 = I1
11 11
Y 12 Y 21
11E2 – 44I1 + 60I1 = 0
So, the given two-port network is non-reciprocal
E2 16
and active. =
I1 11
9. (a)
12. (a)
I2 = h21I1 + h22V2
Using -Y conversion,
I
h 21 = 2 2 2 2
I1 V2 = 0 1 2

when, V2 = 0 = I2R(I1 + I2) R

1 3
I1 I2 1
I2 = = 1 1
2 I1 2
2

10. (c)
1 2
y1 + y 3 y3 y11 y12 2×1 2
= R1 = = = 0.5
y3 y2 + y3 y 21 y 22 4 4
y 12 = –y 3
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 151

1× 1 1 V1 V1
R2 = = = 0.25 h 11 = , h12 =
4 4 I1 V2
V2 = 0 I1 = 0
2×1
R3 = = 0.5
4 I2 I2
h 21 = , h22 =
2 0.5 0.5 2 I1 V2
1 2 V2 = 0 I1 = 0
(Z1) (Z2) When, V2 = 0
(Z3) 0.25 I1 10 I2
+

1 2 V1
Z1 + Z3 Z3
Z3 Z2 + Z3 –

Z 11 = Z1 + Z3 I1 = –I2
= 2.5 + 0.25 = 2.75 I2
= –1 = h21
Z 12 = Z3 = 0.25 I1
V1 = 10I1
13. (d)
V1
For Lattice network, Z-parameter is given as, = 10
I1
Za + Zb Za Zb
When, I1 = 0
2 2
Za Zb Za + Zb V1 = V2
2 2 V1
= h12 = 1
Za = 2j, Zb = 2 V2

1+ j 1+ j (As no drop in 10 resistance)

1+ j 1+ j V2 = 20I2
I2 1
14. (b) = h22 = = 0.05
V2 20
V1 A B V2
= 10 1
I1 C D I2
1 0.05
I2 V n
= 1 =
I1 V2 1 16. (d)
V1 = AV2 – BI2 I1 I2

V1
A= =n V1 RL V2
V2 I2 = 0

I1 V2 1 V1 = AV2 – BI2
D= = =
I2 V1 n I1 = CV2 – DI2
V2 = 0
V2 = –I2RL
15. (d) V1 AV2 BI 2 A I 2 RL BI 2
= =
V1 = h11I1 + h12V2 I1 CV2 DI 2 C I 2 RL DI 2
I2 = h21I1 + h22V2 ARL + B
Input impedance =
CRL + D
152 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

17. (b) 19. (a)

V1 = Z11I1 + Z12I2 V1 = h11I1 + h12V2
V2 = Z21I1 + Z22I2 I2 = h21I1 + h22V2

V1 V1 4.5
Z 12 = h 12 = = =3
I2 I1 = 0
V2 I1 = 0
1.5

V2 I2 1
Z 12 = h 22 = = = 0.67
I1 I2 = 0
V2 I1 = 0
1.5

When, I1 = 0
V1
V1 = 0 h 11 =
I1 V2 = 0
V1
= 0 = Z12 When, V2 = 0, Z21I1 + Z22I2 = 0
I2
When, I2 = 0, V2 = – I1ro Z21 I1
I2 =
Z22
V2
= – ro = Z21
I1 Z21 I 1
V1 = Z11 I1 + Z12
Z22
18. (c)
When, I= 0 V1 Z12 Z21
= Z11 = h11
then, V1 = 4.5 V I1 Z22
V2 = 1.5 V
4.5 × 1.5
I2 = 1A h 11 = 1.5 = 3
1.5
V1 = Z11I1 + Z12I2
V2 = Z21I1 + Z22I2 I2 Z21
h 21 = =
I1 Z22
V1 4.5 V2 = 0
Z 12 = = = 4.5
I2 1
I1 = 0 1.5
= = 1
1.5
V2 1.5
Z 22 = = = 1.5 3 3
I2 I1 = 0
1 So, h-parameter matrix is .
1 0.67
When, I2 = 0
then, I1 = 4A 20. (a)
V1 = 6V Short-circuit admittance parameters for a 2-port
V2 = 6V -network are,
V1 6 Y 11 = Ya + Yb
Z 11 = = = 1.5 Y 12 = Y21 = –Yb
I1 I2 = 0
4
Y 22 = Yb + Yc
V2 6 Yb
Z 21 = = = 1.5
I1 I2 = 0
4 1 2

1.5 4.5 Ya Yc
So, Z-parameter matrix is .
1.5 1.5
1 2
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 153

For the given network, For VDC = 6 V, RL = 1 , I = 7/3

1 VTh = I(RTh + RL)
Ya = Yb = Yc = =2
0.5 7
VTh = (2 + 1) = 7 V ...(iv)
So, Y 11 = 2 + 2 = 4 3
Y 12 = Y21 = –2 Q The network is linear and non-reciprocal, it
Y 22 = 2 + 2 = 4 may contain dependent voltage source.
VTh = aV + b ...(v)
21. (d)
9 = a10 + b [From equation (iii)]
I2 = Y21V1 + Y22V2
and 7 = a6 + b [From equation (iv)]
I2 = 0.01V1 + 0.1V2 ...(i)
From given figure, 1
Solving, we get, a = and b = 4
V2 = –I2RL = –100I2 2

V2 V 8
I2 = VTh = +4= +4=8V
100 2 2
Putting value of I2 in equation (i), For 8 V source.
V2 23. (c)
= 0.01V1 + 0.1V2
100
From the above solution:
–0.01V2 – 0.1V2 = 0.01V1
When, VDC = 10 V
V2 0.01 VTh = 9 V
=
V1 0.11 and RTh = 2
V2 1 When, RL = 7 , I = ?
or, =
V1 11 VTh = I(RTh + RL)
VTh
22. (c) I=
RTh + RL
+ + 9
A B = = 1A
2+7
– –
24. Sol.
Case-I:
VDC = 10 V, RL = 1 , I = 3 A When two, 2-port networks are connected in
VTh = I(RTh + RL) = 3(RTh + 1) parallel then individual Y-parameters are
VTh = 3RTh + 3 ...(i) added. Therefore, from the given network,

Case-II: 1
3 =
RL = 2.5 , 3
I = 2 A,
VDC = 10 V 1 1
3 = 3 =
VTh = 2(RTh + 2.5) 1 3 3 2
VTh = 2RTh + 5 ...(ii)
From equation (i) and (ii), 1
2 =
2
VTh = 9 V and RTh = 2 ...(iii)
Now, VTh depends on independent voltage
1 1 1 2
source and varies with applied voltage. RTh does 2 = 2 =
2 2
not depend on voltage source and is same for
any applied voltage source, since voltage source
is short-circuited while calculating RTh.
154 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

For network (1) Y-parameter is, We get,

1 1 1 1
+ R+ I 1 (s) = RI2(s) = V1(s) ...(i)
3 3 3 Cs
Y1 =
1 1 1
+ 1
3 3 3 R+ I 2 (s) RI 2 (s) = 0 ...(ii)
Cs
Similarly for network (2), Also, V3(s) = I2(s) × R ...(iii)
1 From equation (i) and (ii), we get
1
Y2 = 2 1 1
1 = R+ × 1+ I 2 (s ) RI 2 ( s ) = V1 (s )
Cs RCs
1
2 RCs + 1 RCs + 1
= I 2 (s ) RI 2 ( s) = V1 ( s)
Cs RCs
5 5
3 6 RC 2 s 2V1 (s )
Thus, Y = Y1 + Y2 = or, I2(s) = ...(iv)
5 5 (1 + RCs )2 R 2C 2 s 2
6 3
Using equation (iii) and (iv), we get
I1 = Y11V1 + Y12V2
V3 (s) s 2 R2C 2
5 5 = ...(v)
= Y1 V2 ...(i) V1 (s) 1 + 3 RCs + s 2 R 2C 2
3 6
Q R = 10 k , C = 100 µF and RC = 1
I2 = Y21V1 + Y22V2
5 5 V3 (s) s2
= V1 + V2 ...(ii) =
6 3 V1 (s) 1 + 3s + s 2

I2 26. (c)
Also, h 22 =
V2 Converting -network to Y-network, we get,
I1 = 0

From equation (i), we get, 30

1 2
1 +
V1 = V2 ...(iii)
2
10 60
and from equation (ii) and (iii), we get
–
I 2 15 1 2
h 22 = = = 1.25
V2 12
1 2
3 18 +
25. (b)
6
The cascaded network is,
–
1/Cs 1/Cs 1 2

+ +
Z-parameter,
V1(s) I1(s) I2(s) V3(s)
Z 11 = 3 + 6 = 9
R R
Z 12 = Z21 = 6
– – Z 22 = 18 + 6 = 24
9 6
Applying mesh analysis to determine the [Z] =
6 24
current I2(s).
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 155

27. (a) 29. (d)

5
For reciprocal network, AD – BC = 1,
I1 I2
+ + T =1

V1 10 10 V2 30. Sol.

– –
For T-network,
Za Zb
I1 2 2 I2 1 2

+ +
Zc
V1 4 V2

– – 1 2
Z 11 = Za + Zc
V1 = 6I1 + 4I2 Z 22 = Zb + Zc
V2 = 4I1 + 6I2 and Z 12 = Z21 = Zc
6 4 2j j
[Z] =
4 6 Given, [Z] = j 3+ 2j
1 6 4 0.3 0.2 Therefore, Z 12 = j2
Y= =
20 4 6 0.2 0.3 and Z 22 = 3 + 2j = 3 + j + j
Ignoring negative sign: = Zb + Zc = Rb + j + Zc
Rb = 3
0.3 0.2
[Y] =
0.2 0.3 31. (a)
Redrawing the circuit,
28. (b)
2
I1 (5 + j4) (5 – j4) I2
3 –
+ +
+
1 1
V2 (2 + j0) V2

6
– – I1
2
V1 A B V2
=
I1 C D I2 + V1 –

When, I2 = 0 V1
Z 11 = =3 6=2
V1 = (5 + j4 + 2) I1 I1
V2 = 2I1
V2 = –3 × I3
V1 7 + j4 6
A = = = 3.5 + j 2 = 3 × I1 × = 2 I1
V2 I2 = 0
2 9
V2
Z 21 = = 2
I1 1 I1
C = = = 0.5
V2 I2 = 0
2
V2
Now, Z 22 = =3 6=2
From here only (b) option matches. I1 I1 = 0
156 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

3 34. Sol.
V1 = –6 × I6 = 6 × I 2 × = 2
9 For ideal transformer on n : 1, the scattering
2 2 matrix is,
[Z] =
2 2
n2 1 2n
2 2
S11 S12 n +1 n +1
=
3 I2
S21 S22 2n 1 n2
–
n2 + 1 1 + n2
+ +
V2 2n 2(2) 4
– S21 = 2
= 2
= = 0.8
n +1 2 +1 5
6
I1 = 0 35. (d)
Consider the two-port network,
+ V1 – V1 V2
I1 1 I2
+ +
32. Sol.
V1 1 3V 2 1 V2
V1
B= – –
I2 V2 = 0
For Y-parameters:
When, V2 = 0 (i.e., when port-2 is short-circuited)
I1 = y11V1 + y12V2
I1 2 2 I2 I2 = y21V1 + y22V2
+ + By KCL at (V1)
V1 V1 V2
V1 5 V2 = 0 I1 + 3V2 = +
1 1
– – I1 = 2V1 – 4V2 ...(1)
V2 V2 V1
V1 7 V1 By KCL at (V2), I2 = +
I1 = = 1 1
2 + (5 2 ) 24 I2 = –V1 + 2V2 ...(2)
5 5V1 From equation (1) and (2),
I2 = I1 × =
5 +2 24 I1 = 2V1 – 4V2
I2 = –V1 + 2V2
V1 24
So, B= = = 4.80 y11 y12 2 4
I2 5
y 21 y 22 =
1 2
33. Sol.
36. (4)
From maximum power transfer theorem,
ZL = ZTh For I2 = 0 : V2 = VOC = 5 V
For Thevenin’s resistance RTh,
Z12 × Z21
ZTh = Z22 V2
Rs + Z11
For given data, 5V

60 × 60
ZTh = 120 = 48
10 + 40 4V

ZL = 48
–I2
0 4 mA 20 mA
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 157

For –I2 = 20 mA, 10 5

I2 =
V2 = 0 1.25 × 10 3
ISC = –I2 5 3
= × 10 A = 4 mA
ISC = 20 mA 1.25
VOC 5
RTh = = × 10 3 = 250
I SC 20
Network is replaced by Thevenin’s equivalent,
250 A I2

1k
5V

10 V

Answers
EE Two Port Networks

1. (b) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (b)

10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (c) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (35.55) 17. (20)

18. (d) 19. (0.5)

Solutions
EE Two Port Networks

1. (b) 3. (b)
For reciprocity, 2 1
h 12 = –h 21 [y] =
1 1
For symmetry, [z] = [y]–1
h11 h12 1 1 1 1
=1 1
h21 h22 = =
2 1 1 2 1 2

2. Sol. 4. (c)
Using KCL, For a passive two-port network, output power
V1 V1 V2 1 1 can never be greater than input power.
I1 = + = V1 V2
10 10 5 10
Again using KCL, 5. (b)
Using KVL,
V2 V2 V1 1 1
I2 = + = V1 + V2 E1 = 2I1 + 2(I1 + I2)
10 10 10 5
Again using KVL,
0.2 0.1
Hence, [y] = E2 = 2I2 + 2(I1 + I2)
0.1 0.2
4 2
[z] =
2 4
158 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

[y] = [z]–1 8. (d)

1 4 2 i1 Z2 i2
=
(4 × 4) (2 × 2) 2 4

Y11 Y12 v1 Z1 v2
1/3 1/6
=
Y21 Y22 1/6 1 /3

6. (d) v 1 = (i1 + i2) z1

= z1i1 + z1i2 ...(i)
E1 v 2 = z2i1 + z1(i1 + i2)
h 12 =
E2 I1 = 0 = z1i1 + (z1 + z2) i2 ...(ii)
or h12 is ratio of E1 to E2 for the input open- From equation (i) and (ii),
circuited condition. z1 z1
z-matrix =
Two method are provided to solve the problem. z1 z1 + z2
Assuming, I1 = 0
9. (b)
I1 = 0 4 2 Ix 2 I2
Z1 = 10 30°

I1 I1 + I2

E1 2 4 E2 V1 Z2 V2

E2 E V1 = AV2 + BI2
I2 = = 2
2 + (2 + 4) 4 4 I1 = CV2 + DI2
V2 = Z2(I1 + I2) ...(i)
I2
Ix = ×4 I1
(2 + 2) + 4 C=
V2 I2 = 0
I 2 1 E2 E
= = = 2 Putting, I2 = 0 in equation (i),
2 2 4 8
V2 = Z2I1
E2 E
E1 = 2 I x = 2 = 2 V2 1 1
8 4 Z2 = = =
I1 I2 = 0
C 0.025 45°
E1
= 0.25 Z 2 = 40 –45°
E2
10. (a)
7. (d)
Output voltage = V0 = AVi
0.9 0.2 V0 = 106 × 1 × 10–6 = 1 V
[z] = 0.2 0.6
[Given: A = 106 V/V, Vi = 1 µV)
0.6 0.2 To calculate input impedance, Vdc source is
connected at input port,
0.2 0.9
[y] = [ z] 1 = Ii Ri Ro
[0.9 × 0.6 0.04]
+ +
1.2 0.4
= 0.4 1.8 Vdc Vi + AVi
– Vo

y 22 = 1.8
– –
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 159

Input impedance, V2 0
g 22 = = =0
V I1 I2
Z i = dc V1 = 0
Ii
as loop is not closed, Ii = 0 g11 g12 0 0
So, g-parameters = =
g21 g22 0 0
Vdc
So, Zi =
0
12. (c)
To calculate output impedance, Vdc source is
I1 1 a I2
connected at output port, e c
Ii Ri Ro Io ef ab
V1 V1 P V2
+ +
f d
b
Vi + AVi Vo
–
V1ab = Z11I1 + Z12I2 ...(i)
– – V2 = Z21I1 + Z22I2 ...(ii)
Output impedance, As 1 resistor is connection in series with the
V0 I0 R0 + AVi network at port-1.
Z0 = =
I0 I0 V2 does not get affected,
ef
As, Vi = 0 V1 = V1ab + I 1 × 1

I 0 R0 + A × 0 = Z11I1 + Z12I2 + I1
Z0 = = R0 = 10
I0 = (Z11 + 1) I1 + Z12I2
Modified Z-parameter
11. (c) Z11 + 1 Z12
=
I1 = g11V1 + g12I2 Z21 Z22
V2 = g21V1 + g22I2
13. (b)
I1 I2
(i) V1 = 10 V; V2 = 3 V
+ +
I2 = –3 A; V1 = AV2 – BI2
V1 V2 10 = 3A + 3B ...(i)
(ii) V2 = 5V
– – I2 = –2 A
Since port-1 is open-circuit, 10 = 5A+2B ...(ii)
I1 = 0 10
A= ...(iii)
Port-2 is short-circuit, 9
V2 = 0 20
B= ...(iv)
9
I 0
g 11 = 1 = =0 Given, V1 = 8V
V1 I2 = 0
V1
(V2)OC = ?
I1 0 I2 = 0
g 12 = = =0 V1 = AV2 – BI2
I2 V1 = 0
I2
8 = A(V2)OC – 0
V2 0 8 8
g 21 = = =0 (V2)OC = = = 7.2 V
V1 I2 = 0
V1 A 10 /9
160 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

14. (c) Using equation (ii) and (iv), we get

Given, V1 = 10 V, V2 = (–7I2) so, V1 = 40I1 + 60I2
V1 = AV2 – BI2 2
= 40 I1 + 60 I1
70 20 3
10 = 7 I 2 A BI 2 = I2 I2
9 9 V1 =0
I2 = –1 A From the figure,
(–ve) sign signifies that current is drawn. 20 = 10I1 + V1
Since, V1 =0
15. (a) So, I1 = 2A
s s 4
So, I2 = A
3
Power dissipated in
Z(s ) 1/s 1/s
2
4
PRL = I 22 RL = × 20
3
Driving point impedance, Z(s) is 16
= × 20 = 35.55 W
1 1
9
s+ ×
s s s2 + 1 s
Z(s) = s + 1 1
=s+ 2
× 2 17. Sol.
s+ + s ( s + 2)
s s To find impedance seen by Vs,
Vs
s2 + 1 s2 (s 2 + 2) + s 2 + 1 Zs =
= s+ = Is
s(s2 + 2) s3 + 2s
V1 = 2Is
4 2
s + 3s + 1
or, Z(s) = Is 2 2
s3 + 2s A
+ V –
1
16. Sol.
Vs 3 4V1 4
10 I1 I2
+ +

20 V V1 [Z] V2 20 Applying KCL at node A,

VA VA
– – Is + 4V1 = +
3 6
Given, Z 11 = 40 , Z12 = 60 VA = Vs – V1
Z 21 = 80 , Z22 = 100 and V1 = 2Is
From the figure, Vs 2 Is Vs 2 Is
So, Is + 8Is = +
V2 = –20I2 ...(i) 3 6
and V1 = 40I1 + 60I2 ...(ii) 54Is = 2Vs – 4Is + Vs – 2Is
V2 = 80I1 + 100I2 ...(iii) 3Vs = 60Is
From equation (i) and (iu), we get
Vs
so, –20I2 = 80I1 + 100I2 = 20
Is
2
I2 = I1 ...(iv)
3
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 161

18. (d) 19. Sol.

For two port networks we can write, 2I1
1 Vs 1
–+
A B A1 B1 A2 B2
= I1
C D C1 D1 C2 D2
V1 = 1 1 V2 = 0
or, A = A1A2 + B1C2 ...(i)
B = A 1B 2 + B 1D 2 ...(ii)
or, V1 = AV2 – BI2 ...(iii)
To get, VT (I2 = 0), from equation (iii),
By KCL,
V V1 Va 1 Va Va + 2 I 1
V2 = VT = 1 = + + =0
A A1 A2 + B1C 2 1 1 1
To get, ZT (VT = 0), from equation (iii), 3Va + 2I1 = 1 ...(i)
V1 = AV2 – BI2 1 Va
I1 = ...(ii)
0 = AV2 – BI2 1
Substitute equation (ii) in equation (i),
V2 B A1 B2 + B1D2
ZT = = = Va = –1
I 2 A A1 A2 + B1C 2
1 Va 1 ( 1)
I1 = = =2
1 1
V 1
h 11 = 1 = = 0.5
I1 2
 6 Network Functions

ELECTRO NICS EN GINEERIN G C2 = 4C1 L2 = L1/4

(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) + +

Q.1 The circuit of the figure represents a Vi Vo

R
L1
Rs – –
C1 Vo Filter-2

L1 (a) 4 (b) 1
Vs RL
1 1
(c) (d)
2 4
C2
[EC-2007 : 2 Marks]

(a) low pass filter (b) high pass filter Q.4 The driving point impedance of the following
(c) band pass filter (d) band reject filter network, is given by
[EC-2001 : 1 Mark] 0.2 s
Z(s ) = 2
s + 0.1 s + 2
Q.2 The RC circuit shown in the figure is
R
+ C + Z(s)
L C R

Vi R C Vo

– – The component values are

(a) L = 5 H, R = 0.5 , C = 0.1 F
(a) a low-pass filter
(b) L = 0.1 H, R = 0.5 ,C=5F
(b) a high-pass filter
(c) L = 5 H, R = 2 , C = 0.1 F
(c) a band-pass filter
(d) L = 0.1 H, R = 2 ,C=5F
(d) a band-reject filter
[EC-2008 : 2 Marks]
[EC-2007 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 If the transfer function of the following network
Q.3 Two series resonant filters are as shown in the
is,
figure. Let the 3 dB bandwidth of filter 1 be B1
Vo (s) 1
and that of filter 2 be B2. The value of B1/B2 is =
Vi (s) 2 + sCR
C1 L1
R
+ +
+ +
Vi R Vo
Vi C RL Vo
– –
Filter-1 – –
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 163

The value of the load resistance RL is (a) ab, bc, ad (b) ab, bc, ca
(a) R/4 (b) R/2 (c) ab, bd, cd (d) ac, bd, ad
(c) R (d) 2R [EE-1994 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2009 : 1 Mark]
Q.3 Two identical coils of negligible resistance when
Q.6 The transfer function V2(s)/V1(s) of the circuit connected in series across a 200 V, 50 Hz source
shown below is draws a current of 10 A. When the terminals of
100 µF
one of the coils are reversed, then current drawn
+ + is 8 A. The coefficient of coupling between the
10 k two coils is _______ .
V1(s) V2 ( s )
[EE-1997 : 2 Marks]
100 µF
– – Q.4 A major advantage of active filter is that they
0.5s + 1 3s + 6 can be realized without using
(a) (b)
s+1 s+2 (a) op-amps (b) inductors
s+2 s+1 (c) resistors (d) capacitors
(c) (d)
s+1 s+2 [EE-1997 : 1 Mark]
[EC-2013 : 1 Mark]
Q.5 The effective inductance of the circuit across the
terminals A, B in the figure shown below is
ELECTRICAL EN GINEERIN G
(GATE Previous Years Solved Papers) 4H
A
Q.1 The equivalent inductances seen at terminals
A-B in figure is ______ H. 1H
3H 5H
4H
A
2H
2H
B
1H 4H 6H

1H
(a) 9 H (b) 21 H
B (c) 11 H (d) 6 H
4H
[EE-1998 : 2 Marks]
[EE-1992 : 2 Marks]
Q.6 The impedance seen by the source in the circuit
Q.2 Figure shows a dc resistive network and its
in figure is given by
graph is drawn a side. A ‘proper tree’ chosen
for analysis the network will not contain the 4 –j2
1:4
edges:

ZL = 10 30°
b b
a c a c

(a) (0.54 + j0.313) (b) (4 – j2)

(c) (4.54 – j1.693) (d) (4 + j2)
[EE-2000 : 2 Marks]
d d
 164 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

Q.7 Given two coupled inductors L1 and L2, their

W
mutual inductance ‘M’ satisfies 1 : 1.25
(L + L2 )
(a) M = L21 + L22 (b) M > 1 Y
2
(c) M > L1 L2 (d) M L1L2 X Z

[EE-2000 : 1 Mark]
125 80 100 80
(a) and (b) and
Q.8 In the circuit shown in figure it is found that the 100 100 100 100
input ac voltage (Vi) and current ‘i’ are in phase.
100 100 80 80
(c) and (b) and
M 100 100 100 100
The coupling coefficient is K = , where
L1 L2 [EE-2013 : 2 Marks]
M is the mutual inductance between the two
coils. The value of ‘K’ and the dot polarity of the Q.11 Two identical coupled inductors are connected
coil P-Q are in series. The measured inductances for the two
possible series connections are 380 µH and
K
240 µH. Their mutual inductance in µH is
–j2 10 P Q ________ .
j8 j8 [EE-2014 : 1 Mark]
L1 L2
vi i Q.12 Find the transformer ratios a and b such that the
impedance (Zin) is resistive and equals 2.5
when the network is excited with a since wave
voltage of angular frequency of 5000 rad/sec.
(a) K = 0.25 and dot at P
C = 10 µF L = 1 mH
(b) K = 0.5 and dot at P 1:a
(c) K = 0.25 and dot at Q
(b) K = 0.5 and dot at Q Zin R = 2.5
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks]
1:b
Q.9 A first order, low pass filter is given with
R = 50 and C = 5 µF. What is the frequency at (a) a = 0.5, b = 2.0 (b) a = 2.0, b = 0.5
which the gain of the voltage transfer function (c) a = 1.0, b = 1.0 (d) a = 4.0, b = 0.5
of the filter is 0.25? [EE-2015 : 1 Mark]
(a) 4.92 kHz (b) 0.49 kHz
(c) 2.46 kHz (d) 24.6 kHz Q.13 Two identical coils each having inductance L
are placed together on the same core. If an overall
[EE-2002 : 2 Marks]
inductance of aL is obtained by interconnecting
Q.10 The following arrangement consists of an ideal these two coils, the minimum value of a is
transformer and an attenuator which attenuates ________ .
by a factor of 0.8. An a.c. voltage VWX1 = 100 V is [EE-2015 : 2 Marks]
applied across WX to get an open-circuit voltage
V YZ1 across YZ. Next, an a.c. voltage Q.14 If an ideal transformer has an inductive load
VYZ2 = 100 V is applied across YZ to get an open- element at port 2 as shown in the figure below,
circuit voltage VWX2 across WX. Then VYZ1/ the equivalent inductance at port 1 is
VWX1, VWX2/VYZ2 are respectively.
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 165

Q.15 The following figure shows the connection of

n:1
an ideal transformer with primary to secondary
L turns ratio of 1 : 100. The applied primary
voltage is 100 V(rms), 50 Hz, AC. The rms value
of the current I, in ampere, is ______ .
XL = 10 R = 80 k
Port-1 Port-2 1 : 100
(a) nL (b) n2L I
100 V XC = 40 k
n n2
(c) (d)
L L
[EE-2016 : 1 Mark] [EE-2016 : 1 Mark]

Electronics & Electrical Engineering

GATE Previous Years Solved Paper

A n swe rs & Expl a n a t i o n s

Answers
EC Network Functions

1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d)

Solutions
EC Network Functions

1. (d) At = ;
Analyzing the circuit for = 0 and = . Rs

At = 0 ;
Rs
Vs RL Vo

Vs RL Vo
Vo RL
= (finite value)
Vs RL + Rs
= 0, Ind = L = 0 (SC)
1
cap = = (OC)
C
Vo RL
= (finite value)
Vs RL + Rs
=0 =
166 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

1 Bandwidth of filter 2;
At = ;
LC R R 4R
B2 = = =
Rs L2 L1 /4 L1
B1 1
So, =
B2 4
RL
4. (d)
0.2 s
Z(s) = 2
vo = 0 s + 0.1s + 2

2. (c) s 2 + 0.1s + 2 s 1 2
Y(s) = = + +
0.2s 0.2 2 0.2 s
At , capacitor short-circuited
Circuit looks like, 10
= 5s + 0.5 +
s
+ R + Comparing with
1 1
Vi R Vo Y(s) = Cs + +
R Ls
1
– – C = 5 F, R = =2
0.5
Vo 1
=0 L= = 0.1 H
Vi 10
At 0, capacitor open-circuited
5. (c)
Circuit looks like,
+ R +
+ R +
Vi Z Vo
Vi R Vo
– –
– –
RL
Z =
Vo 1 + sRLC
=0
Vi Z RL
H(s) = =
So frequency response of the circuit will be Z + R ( RL + R ) + sRRLC
If, R = RL
1
H(s) =
2 + sRC

6. (d)
1
10 × 103 +
So the circuit is bandpass filter. V2 (s) 100 × 10 6 s
=
V1 (s) 1 1
3. (d) 10 × 103 + +
100 × 10 6 s 100 × 10 6 s
Bandwidth of series RLC circuit is R/L V2 (s) s × 10 4 + 10 4 10 4 (1 + s)
Bandwidth of filter 1; = =
V1 (s) s × 10 4 + 10 4 + 10 4 10 4 ( s + 2)
R V2 (s) s+1
B1 = =
L1 V1 (s) s+2
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 167

Answers
EE Network Functions

1. (8) 2. (b) 3. (1/9) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (d) 8. (c)

9. (c) 10. (b) 11. (35) 12. (b) 13. (0) 14. (b) 15. (10)

Solutions
EE Network Functions

1. Sol. and putting, V = 220 V

and L1 = L2 = L
L1
A 200
M12 we have, 10 = ...(i)
(2L 2 M12 )

M13
200
L2 8 = ...(ii)
(2 L + 2 M12 )
M23
On solving equation (i) and equation (ii),
B 1
L3 we get, M12 = L
9
L = L1 + L2 + L3 – 2M12 + 2M23 – 2M13 Which can be written as,
= 4 + 4 + 4 – (2 × 2) + (2 × 1) – (2 × 1) 1 1
= 8H M12 = L L= L L
9 9
2. (b) 1
Hence, coefficient of coupling = .
Tree must not contain any closed loop. 9
Hence option (b) is correct.
4. (b)
3. Sol. Inductive coils are bulky in nature.
Case-I Case-II
5. (c)
L1 L1
L1
A
220 V M 12 220 V M12
L2 L2 M12
50 Hz 50 Hz
M13 L2

V M23
I1 = B
(L1 + L2 2 M12 ) L3

V L = L1 + L2 + L3 – 2M12 + 2M23 – 2M13

I2 =
(L1 + L2 + 2 M12 ) = 4 + 5 + 6 – (2 × 1) + (2 × 2) – (2 × 3)
From above expressions, it is clear that, = 11 H

I1 > I 2 6. (c)
2
Taking, I1 = 10 A 1
Z = (4 j 2) + × 10 30°
4
and I2 = 8 A
= (4.54 – j1.69)
168 Electronics Engineering Network Theory

7. (d) 100
Hence, VWX 2 = = 80 V
1.25
M = K L1 L2
VYZ1 100
Where, K = coefficient of coupling =
VWX1 100
Q 0 < K<1
VYZ2 80
M L1 L2 =
VWX2 100
8. (c)
11. Sol.
Input ac voltage and current will be in phase
only at resonance condition. The two possible series connection are shown
i.e., XC = XL below:
Let the mutual inductance be M
j12 = j 8 + j 8 + 2 k ( j 8) × ( j 8)
L1 L2
I
12 = 8 + 8 + 16 k
4 1
k= = = 0.25 M
16 4
(i) Additive connection,
Hence coupling will be opposite.
Leq. = L1 + L2 + 2M = 380 µH
Dot will be at Q.
L1 L2
I
9. (c)
R M
+ + (ii) Subtractive connection,
Leq. = L1 + L2 – 2M = 240 µH
Vi C Vo
Thus, L1 + L2 + 2M = 380 µH ...(i)
– – and L1 + L2 – 2M = 240 µH ...(ii)
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get,
Vo 1/ j C 1 4M = 10 µH or M = 35 µH
T.F. = = =
Vi R + 1 1 + j CR Mutual inductance,
j C
M = 35 µH
1
Gain = 12. (b)
1 + ( CR)2
C = 10 µF L = 1 µF
1
0.25 =
6
1 + ( × 5 × 10 × 50)2
On solving, R = 2.5
Zin
= 15.49 × 103 rad/sec.
15.49 A 1:b B 1:a C
f= = 2.46 kHz
2 2.5
(Req)B =
10. (b) a2

VYZ1 = 100 × 1.25 × 0.8 2.5

(2eq)B = + j (1 × 10 3 )
= 100 V a2
In second case when 100 V is applied at YZ 2.5 3
(2eq)A = 2
+ j (1 × 10 )
terminals, this whole 100 V will appear across a
the secondary winding. b2
 GATE Previous Years Solved Paper 169

2.5 j (10 3 ) 1 14. (b)

Zin = 2 2
+ 2
+ 5
a b b j (10 × 10 )
n:1
2.5 5 × 10 3 × 10 3
1
Zin = +j L
a2 b 2 b2 5 × 10 3 × 10 × 10 6

...(i)
From problem,
Zin = 2.5 ...(ii) Port-1 Port-2
From equation (i) and (ii), At port 1 i.e., high voltage side impedance will
a2 b 2 = 1 ...(ii) be high and current will be low, So n2L.
5 1
2 =0 15. Sol.
b 5 × 10 2
The above circuit can be drawn by transferring
5 × 5 × 10–2 = b2
secondary circuit to primary side.
b = 0.5 and a = 2
10j
13. Sol.
I
Case-I: 80000
Leff. = L1 + L2 = 2L, a = 2 (100)2
100 V
Case-II: 40000
j
L1L2 2 (100)2
L L
Leff. = = = , a = 0.5
L1 + L2 2L 2
100 V 100 V
Case-III: I= =
(8 + 10 j 4 j ) (8 + 6 j )
If both are differentially coupled then,
So the rms value of I will be 10 A.
Leff. = 0
Minimum value = 0
 GATE-2023
Electronics Engineering

Signals & Systems

Chapterwise & Topicwise

Contents
S.No. Topic Page No.

1. Basics of Signals & Systems .............................................................................................................. 1-11

2. LTI Systems Continuous and Discrete (Time Domain) ........................................................ 12-29

3. Fourier Series ..................................................................................................................................... 30-44

4. Fourier Transforms, Frequency Response and Correlation ................................................ 45-63

5. Laplace Transform ............................................................................................................................ 64-87

6. Z-Transform ..................................................................................................................................... 88-109

7. DTFS, DTFT and DFT ................................................................................................................... 110-121

8. Sampling ........................................................................................................................................ 122-131

9. Digital Filters ................................................................................................................................. 132-133